10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

oANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013

OR

oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___to___.

Commission file number: 1-34167

ePlus inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	54-1817218
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA 20171-3413

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (703) 984-8400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value	NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes o No x

 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

x

 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o	Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer o(do not check if smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of ePlus, computed by reference to the closing price at which the stock was sold as of September 30, 2012 was $160,444,431. The outstanding number of shares of common stock of ePlus as of May 31, 2013, was 8,150,418.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following documents are incorporated by reference into the indicated parts of this Form 10-K:

Portions of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2013 annual meeting of shareholders ( the “2013 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. The 2013 Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the Company's fiscal year end to which this report relates.

Table of Contents

		Page
Cautionary Language About Forward-Looking Statements		1
Part I
Item 1.	Business	3
	Executive Officers	13
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	14
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	20
Item 2.	Properties	20
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	22
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	22
Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	23
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	26
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	27
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	43
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	43
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	43
Item 9.A	Controls and Procedures	43
Item 9B.	Other Information	44
Part III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	45
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	45
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	45
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	45
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	45
Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	46
Signatures

CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or “Exchange Act,” and are made in reliance upon the protections provided by such acts for forward-looking statements. Such statements are not based on historical fact, but are based upon numerous assumptions about future conditions that may not occur. Forward-looking statements are generally identifiable by use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “should,” “intend,” “estimate,” “will,” “potential,” “could,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” and similar expressions. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Forward-looking statements are made based upon information that is currently available or management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects upon us, speak only as of the date hereof, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. Actual events, transactions and results may materially differ from the anticipated events, transactions or results described in such statements. Our ability to consummate such transactions and achieve such events or results is subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the matters set forth below:

· we  offer a comprehensive set of solutions— the integrating information technology (IT) hardware  sales, third-party software assurance and maintenance, professional services, proprietary software, and financing, and may encounter some of the challenges, risks, difficulties and uncertainties frequently faced by similar companies, such as:

o managing a diverse product set of solutions in highly competitive markets with a small number of key of vendors;

o increasing the total number of customers utilizing integrated solutions by up-selling within our customer base and gaining new customers;

o adapting to meet changes in markets and competitive developments;

o maintaining and increasing advanced professional services by retaining highly skilled personnel and vendor certifications;

o integrating with external IT systems, including those of our customers and vendors;

o continuing to enhance our proprietary software and update our technology infrastructure to remain competitive in the marketplace; and

o reliance on third parties to perform some of our service obligations;

· our dependence on key personnel, and our ability to hire and retain sufficient qualified personnel;

· our ability to implement comprehensive plans for the integration of sales forces, cost containment, asset rationalization, systems integration and other key strategies;

· a possible decrease in the capital spending budgets of our customers or purchases from us;

· our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and, when appropriate, license required technology;

· the creditworthiness of our customers and our ability to reserve adequately for credit losses;

· the possibility of goodwill impairment charges in the future;

· uncertainty and volatility in the global economy and financial markets;

· changes in the IT industry and/or rapid changes in product offerings;

· our ability to secure our electronic and other confidential information;

· our ability to raise capital, maintain or increase as needed our lines of credit with vendors or floor planning facility, or obtain non-recourse financing for our transactions;

· future growth rates in our core businesses;

· our ability to realize our investment in leased equipment;

· significant adverse changes in, reductions in, or losses of relationships with major customers or vendors;

· our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses;

· our ability to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

· reduction of manufacturer incentives provided to us;

· exposure to changes in, interpretations of, or enforcement trends related to tax rules and other regulations; and

· significant changes in accounting standards including changes to the financial reporting of leases which could impact the demand for our leasing services, or misclassification of products and services we sell resulting in the misapplication of revenue recognition policies.

1

We cannot be certain that our business strategy will be successful or that we will successfully address these and other challenges, risks and uncertainties. For a further list and description of various risks, relevant factors and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see the Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained elsewhere in this report, as well as other reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

2

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

Our company was founded in 1990 and is a Delaware corporation. ePlus inc. is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” or “ePlus.”

Our operations are conducted through two business segments. Our technology segment includes sales of information technology hardware, third-party software, professional engineering services, and third-party maintenance contracts and our proprietary software to commercial, government, and government-oriented entities.  Our financing segment consists of the financing of equipment, software and related services to commercial, government, and government-oriented entities. See Note 14, “Segment Reporting” in the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

ePlus inc. does not engage in any business other than serving as the parent holding company for the following operating companies:

Technology

· ePlus Technology, inc.;

· ePlus Systems, inc.;

· ePlus Content Services, inc.;

· ePlus Document Systems, inc.; and

· ePlus Technology Services, inc.

 Financing

· ePlus Group, inc.;

· ePlus Government, inc.;

· ePlus Canada Company;

· ePlus Capital, inc.;

· ePlus Jamaica, inc.; and

· ePlus Iceland, inc.

We began using the name ePlus inc. in 1999 after changing our name from MLC Holdings, Inc. On March 31, 2003, the former entities ePlus Technology of PA, inc. and ePlus Technology of NC, inc. were merged into ePlus Technology, inc. This combination created one national entity to conduct our Technology sales and services business.  ePlus Systems, inc. and ePlus Content Services, inc. were incorporated on May 15, 2001 and provide consulting services and proprietary software for enterprise supply management. ePlus Capital, inc. owns 100 percent of ePlus Canada Company, which was created on December 27, 2001 to transact business within Canada. ePlus Government, inc. was incorporated on September 17, 1997 to handle business servicing the federal government marketplace, which includes financing transactions that are generated through government contractors. ePlus Document Systems, inc. was incorporated on October 15, 2003 and provides proprietary software for document management.

ePlus Jamaica, inc. was incorporated on April 8, 2005 and ePlus Iceland, inc. was incorporated on August 10, 2005. Both companies are subsidiaries of ePlus Group, inc. and were created to transact business in Jamaica and Iceland, respectively; however, neither entity has conducted any significant business, or has any employees or business locations outside the United States.

3

OUR BUSINESS

Our primary focus is to deliver advanced technology and cloud-enablement solutions. We have evolved our offerings by continued investment to expand our professional and managed services, expanding our relationships with key vendors and broadening our vendor partnerships to capture opportunities in emerging technologies and developing proprietary software. Our current offerings include:

Technology Segment

· direct marketing of information technology equipment, third-party software; and third-party maintenance and services;

· professional services;

· proprietary software, including order-entry and order-management software (OneSource®), procurement, asset management, document management and distribution software, and electronic catalog content management software and services; and

Financing Segment

· leasing, and business process services to facilitate the acquisition and management of capital assets..

We have been in the business of selling, leasing, financing, and managing information technology and other assets for more than 22 years and have been licensing our proprietary software for more than 13 years. We currently derive the majority of our revenues from sales of Information Technology (“IT”) products and providing general and advanced professional services through our technology segment, which was approximately 96% of total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2013, and leasing and financing services through our financing segment, which was approximately 4% of total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2013. Sales to Verizon Communications, Inc. for the year ended March 31, 2013, represented approximately 14% of our total revenues. No customers accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. Our technology and finance segments represented approximately 79% and 21%, respectively, of our consolidated earnings before taxes ("segment earnings"). Our sales are generated primarily by our direct sales force, inside sales representatives, and business development associates through telemarketing to our customers, which include commercial accounts; federal, state and local governments and agencies; hospitals and other healthcare providers; K-12 schools; higher education institutions, and other not-for-profit and social institutions. We utilize our vendor relationships to generate new business by introducing customers to new products through various demand generation campaigns and co-sponsored events. We also lease and finance equipment purchased by our customers, and supply software and services directly and through relationships with vendors and equipment manufacturers.

Our broad product offerings provide customers with a highly-focused, end-to-end, turnkey solution for purchasing, lifecycle management, and financing for IT products and services. In addition, we offer asset-based financing and leasing of capital assets and lifecycle management solutions for the assets during their useful life, including disposal. We offer our customers a multi-disciplinary approach for implementing, controlling, and maintaining cost savings throughout their organizations, allowing our customers to simplify their administrative processes, gain data transparency and visibility, and enhance internal controls and reporting.

The key elements of our business are:

 Technology Segment

· Direct IT Sales: We are a direct marketer and authorized reseller of leading IT products including Cisco Systems, Hewlett Packard, VMWare, NetApp, EMC, Citrix, Apple, Dell, and Microsoft, via our direct sales force and web-based ordering solution, OneSource®. These products consist of hardware, software, software assurance and maintenance contracts.

· Advanced Technology Solutions: We provide an array of solutions focused in the areas of data center, storage, security, cloud enablement, and IT infrastructure. Within these areas we have engineering expertise in Internet telephony and Internet communications, collaboration, cloud computing, virtual desktop infrastructure, network design and implementation, storage, security, virtualization, business continuity, visual communications, audio/visual technologies, maintenance, and implementation services to support our customer base as part of our consolidated service offering.

4

· Proprietary Software: We offer proprietary software for enterprise supply management, which can be used as a stand-alone solution or be integrated as a component of a bundled solution. These include eProcurement, spend management, asset management, document management, and product content management software. These systems can be installed behind our customers’ firewall or operated as a service hosted by us.

Our line of proprietary software products is called OneSource® and consists of the following products:

· Onesource®IT, online web based software portal for customers purchasing IT equipment, software, and services from us;

· OneSource®IT+, an online web based software portable for customers purchasing IT products from other suppliers and/or from us;

· OneSource® Procurement, a complete web-based software to facilitate procurement of any type of assets;

· OneSource® Asset Management, a software platform for managing and tracking corporate assets including hardware maintenance contracts;

· OneSource® Supplier Portal, a software application for catalog and content management used by customers and suppliers; and

· OneSource® DigitalPaper, a document management software application.

Financing Segment

· Leasing, Lease and Asset Management, and Lifecycle Management. We offer a wide range of leasing and financing options for IT products including both hardware and software and other capital assets (including medical equipment). These offerings include operating and direct finance leases as well as payment plans. We also provide lease process automation, disposal of end-of-life assets, and lifecycle management.

Our proprietary software and associated business process services allow us to better support and retain our customers in our technology and finance businesses. We have developed and acquired these products and services to distinguish us from our competition by providing a comprehensive offering to customers.

Our primary target customers are middle-market companies with annual revenues between $20 million and $2.5 billion and larger companies in the United States of America. We have over 2,300 active customers. We believe there are more than 50,000 target customers in this market.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

In the current marketplace, we believe demand for IT equipment, services, and financing is driven by the following industry trends:

· In recent years, the economy of the United States has partially recovered from the downturn resulting from the financial crisis which began in 2008, however, there is continuing economic weakness in geographic regions and markets, and widespread uncertainty resulting from the U.S. government’s sequestration, the debt crisis in certain countries in the European Union. This uncertainty or actual occurrence of an economic downturn could cause our current and potential customers to once again delay or reduce technology purchases and result in longer sales cycles, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. Credit risk associated with our customers and vendors may also be adversely impacted. In addition, although we do not anticipate the need for additional capital in the near term due to our current financial position, a reoccurrence of the economic downturn may adversely affect our access to additional capital.

· We believe that customers are continuing to focus on cost savings initiatives by utilizing technologies such as virtualization, cloud and mobile computing, and we continue to provide these and other advanced technology solutions to meet these needs.

5

· We believe customers are focused on all aspects of cyber security, including intellectual property, data and business processes. A well-designed security program can protect the organization with perimeter security, access control, authentication, data integrity and confidentiality. We offer security services that enhance our customers’ security programs, from their data centers to end-user mobile devices. These comprehensive and complex solutions may include consulting, hardware, software, and implementation, and ongoing maintenance and monitoring. We have continued to focus our resources in these areas to meet expected customer demand.

· We believe that customers are seeking to reduce the number of vendors they do business with for the purpose of improving internal efficiencies, enhancing accountability and improving supplier management practices, and reducing costs. We have continued to enhance our relationships with premier manufacturers and gained the engineering and sales certifications required to provide the most desired technologies for our customers. In addition, we continue to enhance our automated business processes and utilize our proprietary software as our OneSource® family of solutions, to make transacting business with us more efficient and cost effective for our customers. We introduced OneSource® IT as a portal for customers purchasing from us, and OneSource® IT+, to improve internal business process efficiencies for customers ordering from us and multiple suppliers. OneSource® IT+ is positioned to help our customers and prospects reduce the number of suppliers they purchase from, eliminate multiple and unique ordering processes, provide a consolidated view of IT purchases, consolidate invoice and payable processing and reduce the complexities of IT spending through multiple suppliers.

· We have continuously evolved our advanced professional service and software capabilities. We believe that we are distinctively positioned to take advantage of this shift in the purchasing process as evidenced by continued development of our various integrated solutions, which we began developing in 1999 (earlier than many other direct marketers) and we continue to believe that our bundled solution set is a leader in the marketplace because of its breadth and depth of offerings.

· We believe that we will continue to benefit from industry changes as a cost-effective provider of a full range of IT products and services with the added competitive advantage of our proprietary software. In addition, our ability to provide financing for capital assets to our customers and our lifecycle management solutions provides an additional benefit and differentiator in the marketplace. While purchasing decisions will continue to be influenced by product selection and availability, price, and convenience, we believe that our comprehensive set of solutions is a differentiator that businesses seek to reduce the total cost of ownership.

COMPETITION

The market for IT sales and professional services is intensely competitive, subject to economic conditions and rapid change, and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. We expect to continue to compete in all areas of our business against local, regional, national and international firms, including manufacturers; other direct marketers; national and regional resellers; and regional, national, and international services providers. In addition, many computer manufacturers may sell or lease directly to our customers, and our continued ability to compete effectively may be affected by the policies of such manufacturers.

We believe that we offer enhanced solution capabilities, broader product selection and availability, competitive prices, and greater purchasing convenience as compared to many of our competitors. In addition, our dedicated account executives offer the necessary support functions (e.g., software, purchases on credit terms, leasing, and efficient return processes) that many of our competitors do not usually provide. We believe that we are one of the few companies in the United States that offers, as a principal, a comprehensive solution, which can include eProcurement, leasing, advanced technology solutions, IT fulfillment, and end-to-end asset management services.

The leasing market is intensely competitive and subject to changing economic conditions and market activities of industry participants. We expect to continue to compete against local, regional, national and international firms, including banks, specialty finance companies, vendors' captive finance companies, and third-party leasing companies. Banks and other large financial services companies sell directly to business customers, particularly larger enterprise customers, and may provide other financial or ancillary services that we do not provide. Vendor captive leasing companies may utilize internal transfer pricing to effectively lower lease rates and/or bundle equipment sales and leasing to provide highly competitive packages to customers. Third-party leasing companies may have deep customer and contractual relationships that are difficult to displace. However, these competitors typically do not provide the breadth of product, service, and software offerings that we provide to our customers.

6

We believe that we offer an enhanced leasing solution to our customers, which provides a business process services approach that can automate the leasing process and reduce our customers’ cost of doing business. The solution incorporates value-added services at every step in the leasing process, including:

· front end processing, such as eProcurement, order aggregation, order automation, vendor performance measurement, ordering, reconciliation, and payment;

· lifecycle and asset ownership services, including asset management, change management, and property tax filing; and

· end-of-life services such as equipment audit, removal, and disposal.

In addition, we are able to bundle equipment sales and technically advanced professional services to provide a turnkey leasing solution. This allows us to differentiate ourselves with a customer service strategy that spans the continuum from fast delivery of competitively priced products to end-of-life disposal services, and a selling approach that permits us to grow with customers and solidify those relationships. We expanded our product and service offerings under our comprehensive set of solutions that combines our IT sales and professional services, leasing and financing services, asset management software and services, procurement software, and electronic catalog content management software and services.

In the software market, there are a number of companies developing and marketing business-to-business electronic commerce solutions similar to ours and competitors are adapting their product offerings to a Software-As-A-Service (“SAAS”) platform. Some of these competitors and potential competitors include enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system vendors and other major software vendors that are expected to sell their procurement and asset management products along with their application suites. These ERP vendors have a significant installed customer base and have the opportunity to offer additional products to those customers as additional components of their respective application suites. We also face indirect competition from potential customers’ internal development efforts and have to overcome potential customers’ reluctance to move away from legacy systems and processes.

We believe that the principal competitive factors for success are scalability, functionality, ease-of-use, ease-of- implementation, ability to integrate with legacy systems, experience in business-to-business supply chain management, and knowledge of a business’ asset management needs. We believe we can compete favorably with our competitors in these areas within our framework that consists of our OneSource® family of software, ePlus Leasing®, strategic sourcing, and business process outsourcing.

In all of our markets, some of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies, and customer requirements. Many current and potential competitors also have greater name recognition and engage in more extensive promotional marketing and advertising activities, offer more attractive terms to customers, and adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we do.

For a discussion of risks associated with the actions of our competitors, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this report.

STRATEGY

Our goal is to become a leading provider of bundled product and service solutions in the IT supply chain. The key elements of our strategy include the following:

· grow profitably by selling additional products and services to our existing customer base;

· expand geographically and build a national footprint to grow our customer base;

· recruit, retain and develop employees;

· expand our advanced technology solutions offerings; and

· improve our internal operational efficiencies and effectiveness.

Grow Profitably By Selling Additional Products and Services to Our Existing Customer Base

We seek to become the primary provider of IT solutions for our customers by delivering excellent customer service, pricing, availability, and professional services in the most efficient manner. We continue to focus on improving our sales efficiency by providing on-going training, targeted incentive compensation, and implementing better automation processes to reduce costs and improve productivity. Our account executives are trained on our broad solutions capabilities and to sell in a consultative manner that increases the likelihood of cross-selling our solutions. We believe that our bundled offerings are an important differentiating factor from our competitors.

7

We created a software portal called OneSource®, which is an integrated order entry platform to enhance product sales, increase incremental sales, and reduce costs by eliminating touch-points for order automation. We further extended the OneSource® brand by creating two differentiated solutions: OneSource®IT, for purchasing from our catalog, and OneSource®IT+, for purchasing from ePlus and other technology vendors; both OneSource® and OneSource®IT+ are complementary applications offered to our customers. We continue to offer OneSource Procurement, OneSource®IT+, and OneSource Supplier Portal, a full suite of eProcurement, catalog content management, and spend analysis applications on an SAAS or enterprise basis.

We also have a group of experienced telesales professionals, engineers and inside sales representatives to support our outside sales reps. During fiscal year 2013, we further expanded the group, which included a second location and a new manager. This group is focused on marketing to existing and new customers primarily within the geographic reach of our existing service areas, supporting vendor demand generation campaigns, and marketing to specific vertical markets, such as healthcare.

Expand Geographically and Build a National Footprint

We intend to increase our direct sales and targeted marketing efforts in each of our geographic and vertical industry areas. We actively seek to acquire new account relationships through a new outbound telesales effort, face-to-face field sales, electronic commerce (especially OneSource®), leveraging our partnerships with manufacturers, and targeted direct marketing to increase awareness of our solutions. In particular, we are developing several industry market focuses, including healthcare, legal, and financial services. In addition to marketing to the private sector, we are expanding our public sector customers which include state, local and municipal governments, and educational institutions.

Recruit, Retain and Develop Employees

Based on our prior experience, capital structure, and business systems and processes, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of hiring experienced sales people and engineers, and make strategic acquisitions that broaden our customer base, expand our geographic reach, scale our existing operating structure, and/or enhance our product and service offerings. Part of our growth strategy is to hire purposefully, evaluate and consider strategic hiring opportunities if and when they become available. During the fiscal year 2013, as part of our expansion strategy, our engineering and technical support staff grew from 226 to 267, while our sales force remained level only changing from 364 to 365 employees during the year.

Expanding Advanced Technology Solutions Offerings

We have focused on gaining engineering certifications and advanced professional services expertise in advanced technologies of strategic manufacturers, such as Cisco Systems, IBM, Hewlett Packard, NetApp, VMWare, EMC, and Oracle. We are especially focused on helping our customers develop their cloud capabilities including private, public, and hybrid infrastructures. We are actively working on virtual desktop infrastructure, unified communications, collaboration, networking, security, visual communications, audio/visual, storage, big-data, and managed services, that remain in high demand. In fiscal year 2012, we developed eCloud®, a comprehensive approach for customers who desire to utilize cloud computing. We believe our ability to deliver advanced professional services provides benefits in two ways. First, we gain recognition and mindshare of our strategic vendor partners and become the “go-to” partner in selected regional and national markets. This significantly increases direct and referral sales opportunities for our products and services, and allows us to achieve optimal pricing levels. Second, within our existing and potential customer base, our advanced professional services are a key differentiator against competitors who cannot provide services or advanced services for these key technologies.

Improve Operational Efficiencies

We continue to invest in our internal technology infrastructure and software platforms to optimize our operations, and to engage in process re-engineering efforts to become more streamlined and cost effective.

8

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

In the early 2000s we acquired our own proprietary software products and hired employees to help us maintain and continually develop our software. We expense software development costs as they are incurred until technological feasibility has been established. At such time, development costs are capitalized until the product is made available for release to customers. For the year ended March 31, 2013, development costs of $351 thousand were capitalized and $92 thousand was amortized. For the year ended March 31, 2012, development costs of $116 thousand were capitalized and $148 thousand was amortized. For the year ended March 31, 2011, development costs of $343 thousand were capitalized and $162 thousand was amortized. We have other expenses relating to enhancements, upgrades, and other improvements which are not capitalized and are expensed as incurred. We have also outsourced certain programming tasks to an offshore software-development company to supplement our internal development support, and quality assurance resources. In addition, we continue to enhance our software and some or all of these costs may be considered period costs.

To successfully implement our business strategy and service the disparate requirements of our customers and potential customers, we have a flexible delivery model, which includes:

· hosted or subscription;

· traditional enterprise licenses; or

· SAAS, or a services model, where our personnel may utilize our software to provide one or more solutions to our customers.

We expect that competitive factors will create a continuing need for us to improve and add to our technology platform. The addition of new products and services will also require that we continue to improve the technology underlying our applications. We expect to continue to make significant investments in systems, personnel, and development to maintain a competitive advantage in this market.

SALES AND MARKETING

We focus our sales and marketing efforts on lead generation activities and converting our existing customer base to our bundled solution set. The target market for our customer base is primarily middle market companies with annual revenues between $20 million and $2.5 billion and large companies. We believe there are over 50,000 potential customers in our target market and we currently have over 2,300 customers. We undertake direct marketing campaigns to target certain markets in conjunction with our primary manufacturer partners, who may provide financial reimbursement, outsourced services, and personnel to assist us in these efforts.

Our sales representatives are compensated by a combination of salary and commission, with commission becoming the primary component of compensation as the sales representatives gain experience. To date, we acquired a majority of our customers through the efforts of our direct sales force. We market to different areas within a customer’s organization depending on the products or services. We also market to customers through our telesales group, which consists of experienced telesales sales professionals and engineers. This group is focused on marketing to existing and new customers primarily within the geographic reach of our existing service areas.

As of March 31, 2013, our sales force was organized regionally in 28 office locations throughout the United States. See Item 2, “Properties” of this Form 10-K for additional office location information. As of March 31, 2013, our sales organization included 365 sales, marketing, and sales support personnel.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

Our success depends in part upon proprietary business methodologies and technologies that we have licensed and modified. We own certain software programs or have entered into software licensing agreements to provide services to our customers. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret protection, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and licensing arrangements to establish and protect intellectual property rights. We seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford only limited protection.

For example, in the United States we have three patents generally directed to electronic sourcing systems and processes, six catalog management patents, three image transmission management patents, a patent for collaborative editing of electronic documents over a network, a hosted asset information management patent, and an eCatalog supplier portal patent, among others. We have counterparts of the electronic sourcing system patents in nine European forums and Japan, a counterpart of the image transmission management patents in six additional forums, and a counterpart for the collaborative editing of electronic documents patent has been issued in Canada.  The three electronic sourcing system patents are currently under reexamination at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO). We cannot provide an assessment of the likely outcome of the proceedings and it may take years before they reach their ultimate resolution. We cannot provide assurance that any patents, as issued, will prevent the development of competitive products or that our patents will not be successfully challenged by others or invalidated through the administrative process or litigation. Otherwise, two of the three electronic sourcing system patents are scheduled to expire in 2014, the remaining one will expire in 2017; the three image transmission patents are scheduled to expire in 2018; the earliest of the catalog management patents is scheduled to expire in 2024; and the patent for collaborative editing of electronic documents over a network is scheduled to expire in 2025, provided that all maintenance fees are paid in accordance with USPTO regulations.  We also have the following registered service/trademarks: ePlus®, eCloud ®,DirectSight®, Procure+®, Manage+®, ePlus Leasing®, Docpak®, Viewmark®, Digital Paper®, OneSource®, Content+®, eECM®, and ePlus Enterprise Cost Management®. In addition, we have over 20 registered copyrights and additional common-law trademarks and copyrights.

9

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of our products is difficult and can be expensive, and while we are unable to determine the extent to which piracy of our software products exists, software piracy could be expected to be a persistent problem. Our means of protecting our proprietary rights may not be adequate and our competitors may independently develop similar technology, duplicate our products or design around our proprietary intellectual property.

SALES AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

We are in the business of selling and providing advanced technology solutions for a wide array of information technology products and software, leasing, and financing of IT and other capital assets and services, and we are a software publisher for procurement, content management, document management and asset management software. We currently derive the majority of our revenues from such activities.

IT Sales and Professional Services. We are an authorized reseller of, or have the right to resell products and services from, over 1,000 manufacturers. These products include hardware, software, software assurance, professional services, and maintenance contracts. Our most important manufacturer relationships include Cisco Systems, Hewlett Packard, NetApp, VMWare, EMC, Microsoft and Oracle. Tech Data and Ingram Micro, Inc. are the largest distributors we utilize. Generally, manufacturers require us to obtain and hold various technical and sales related certifications that authorize us to market their products and enable us to provide advanced professional services. Our flexible platform and customizable catalogs facilitate the addition of new vendors with minimal incremental effort. Using the distribution systems available, we usually sell products that are shipped from the manufacturers or distributors directly to our customer's location, which allows us to keep our inventory of any product and shipping expenses to a minimum. The products we sell typically have payment terms ranging from payment in advance, by credit card, due upon delivery, or 30 days to pay, depending on the customer’s credit and payment structure.

We also provide a range of professional services to help our customers improve productivity, profitability and revenue growth while reducing operating costs. We provide data center solutions, network services, security and wireless solutions, managed IT services, staff augmentation services, service and desktop support, Microsoft solutions and project management. Our services include the following:

· Data center solutions that enable customers to streamline operations, reduce complexity and costs, and simplify vendor management;

· Network services that aim to improve network performance for our customers;

· Security and wireless services, which are tailored for each organization to help safeguard its IT infrastructure with security and wireless solutions;

· Managed IT services to enable customers to reduce costs and burdens of their day-to-day IT tasks while monitoring availability, reliability and performance;

· Staff augmentation services that provide customers with flexible headcount options while allowing them to access talent, fill specific technology skill gaps, or provide short-term or long-term IT professional help;

· Server and desktop support provides outsourcing services to respond to our customers’ business demands while minimizing overhead;

· Professional services for a full range of Microsoft solutions;

· Business intelligence and data management services to help customers effectively use critical business information by enabling companies to aggregate, normalize, cleanse and analyze their data; and

· Project management services to enhance productivity and collaboration.

10

Leasing and Financing. Our leasing and financing transactions generally fall into two categories: direct financing and operating leases. Direct financing leases transfer substantially all of the benefits and risks of equipment ownership to the customer. Operating leases consist of all other leases that do not meet the criteria to be direct financing leases. Our lease transactions include leases and installment sales or conditional sales contracts with corporations, non-profit entities and municipal and federal government contractors. A large part of our lease transactions are net leases with a specified non-cancelable lease term and a fixed amount of rent. These non-cancelable leases have a provision which requires the lessee to make all lease payments without offset or counterclaim. Government leases are typically subject to annual funding by the governmental entity. A net lease requires the lessee to make the full lease payment and pay any other expenses associated with the use of equipment, such as maintenance, casualty and liability insurance, sales or use taxes and personal property taxes.

We primarily lease computers, associated accessories and software, communication-related equipment, and medical equipment, and we may also lease industrial machinery and equipment, office furniture and general office equipment, transportation equipment, and other general business equipment. In anticipation of the expiration of the term of a lease, we initiate the remarketing process for the related equipment. Our goal is to maximize revenues from the remarketing effort by either (1) re-leasing or selling the equipment to the initial lessee, (2) renting the equipment to the initial lessee on a month-to-month basis, or (3) selling the equipment to an equipment broker or (4) leasing the equipment to a different customer. The remarketing process is intended to enable us to recover or exceed the original estimated residual value of the leased equipment. Any amounts received over the estimated residual value less any commission expenses become profit to us and can significantly impact the degree of profitability of a lease transaction. We aggressively manage the remarketing process of our leases to maximize the profit margin on our leased equipment portfolio. To date, we have realized a premium over our estimated residual value.

Financing and Bank Relationships. We have a number of bank and finance company relationships that provide working capital for our businesses and long-term financing for our lease financing businesses. Our finance department is responsible for maintaining and developing relationships with a diversified pool of commercial banks and finance companies with varying terms and conditions. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Risk Management and Process Controls. It is our goal to minimize the financial risks of our assets. To accomplish this goal, we use and maintain conservative underwriting policies and disciplined credit approval processes. We also have internal control processes, including credit management, contract origination and management, cash management, servicing, collections, remarketing and accounting. We may utilize non-recourse financing (which is secured by a lease’s underlying equipment and the specific lease and not our general assets) for our leasing transactions and we try to obtain lender commitments before acquiring the related assets.

When desirable, we manage our risk in assets by selling leased assets, including the residual portion of leases, to third parties rather than owning them. For certain transactions, we may act as an intermediary and obtain commitments for these asset sales before we consummate the lease. We also use agency purchase orders to procure equipment for lease to our customers as an agent, not a principal, and otherwise take measures to minimize our inventory. When our technology segment is the supplier under a lease, we maintain the risk from procurement. Additionally, we use fixed-rate funding and issue proposals that adjust for material adverse interest rate movements as well as material adverse changes to the financial condition of the customer.

We have an executive management review process and other internal controls in place to evaluate the transactions’ potential risk. Our lease and sale contracts are reviewed by senior management for pricing, structure, documentation, and credit quality. Due, in part, to our strategy of focusing on certain equipment categories, we have product knowledge, historical remarketing information and experience with many of the items that we lease, sell, and service. We rely on our experience or outside opinions to set and adjust our sale prices, lease rate factors, and residual values.

Default and Loss Experience. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, we reduced our reserves for credit losses by $333 thousand, and incurred actual credit losses of $144 thousand. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, we added $3.2 million to our reserves for credit losses, incurred actual credit losses of $378 thousand and had recoveries of $1 thousand. A significant portion of the increase in reserves for credit losses of approximately $2.9 million was related to a specific customer, which filed for bankruptcy in May 2012. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, we added $85 thousand to our reserves for credit losses, incurred actual credit losses of $911 thousand and had recoveries of $12 thousand.

11

EMPLOYEES                                

As of March 31, 2013, we employed 890 full-time and 14 part-time employees. These 890 employees operated through 28 office locations, including our principal executive offices and regional sales offices. No employees are represented by a labor union and we believe that we have good relations with our employees. The functional areas of our employees are as follows:

	Number of
	Employees
Sales and  Marketing		365
Technical Support		267
Administration		174
Software and Implementations		75
Executive Management		9
		890

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION REPORTS

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports, filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), are available free of charge through our Internet website, www.eplus.com, as soon as reasonably practical after we have electronically filed such material with, or furnished it to, the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials filed by us with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents on or accessible through, these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

12

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each person who was an executive officer of ePlus on March 31, 2013. There are no family relationships between any directors or executive officers of ePlus.

Name	Age	Position
Phillip G. Norton	68	Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Bruce M. Bowen	61	Director and Executive Vice President
Elaine D. Marion	45	Chief Financial Officer
Mark P. Marron	51	Chief Operating Officer
Steven J. Mencarini	57	Senior Vice President of Business Operations

The business experience of each executive officer of ePlus is described below:

Phillip G. Norton joined us in March 1993 and has served since then as our Chairman of the Board of Directors (“Board”) and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Norton has also served as our President since September 1996. Mr. Norton is a 1966 graduate of the U.S. Naval Academy, where he earned a Bachelor’s of Science degree in engineering.

Bruce M. Bowen founded our company in 1990 and served as our President until September 1996. Since September 1996, Mr. Bowen has served as our Executive Vice President and from September 1996 to June 1997 also served as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Bowen has served on our Board since our founding. He is a graduate of the University of Maryland and in 1978 received a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Maryland.

Elaine D. Marion joined us in 1998. Ms. Marion became our Chief Financial Officer on September 1, 2008.  Previously Ms. Marion served as our Vice President of Accounting from 2004. Prior to that, she was the Controller of ePlus Technology, inc., a subsidiary of ePlus, from 1998 to 2004. Ms. Marion is a graduate of George Mason University, where she earned a Bachelor’s of Science degree in Business Administration with a concentration in accounting.

Mark P. Marron joined our subsidiary ePlus Technology, inc. in 2005 as Senior Vice President of Sales. On April 22, 2010 he was appointed as Chief Operating Officer of ePlus inc. and President of ePlus Technology, inc. Prior to joining us, from 2001 to 2005 Mr. Marron served as senior vice president of worldwide sales of NetIQ. Prior to joining NetIQ, Mr. Marron served as general manager of worldwide channel sales for Computer Associates International Inc. Mr. Marron holds a Bachelor’s of Science degree in Computer Science from Montclair State University.

Steven J. Mencarini joined us in June 1997. On September 1, 2008, he became our Senior Vice President of Business Operations. Prior to that, he served as our Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Mencarini was Controller of the Technology Management Group of Computer Science Corporation (“CSC”). Mr. Mencarini joined CSC in 1991 as Director of Finance and was promoted to Controller in 1996. Mr. Mencarini is a graduate of the University of Maryland and received a Masters of Taxation from American University in 1985.

Each of our executive officers is chosen by the Board and holds his or her office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified or until his or her death or until he or she resigns or is removed by the Board.

13

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

General Economic Weakness May Harm Our Operating Results and Financial Condition

Our results of operations are dependent, to a large extent, upon the state of the economy. Economic weakness and uncertainty may result, in the future, in decreased revenue, gross margin, and earnings or growth rates. Continued adverse economic conditions may decrease our customers’ demand for our products and services or impair the ability of our customers to pay for products and services they have purchased. In addition, many state and municipal governments including public education who are our customers are experiencing financial difficulties which are causing budget shortfalls and could result in decreased demand for our products and services. If there are significant reductions in funding by the federal government to state and municipal governments, demand for our products and services may be adversely effected. As a result, our revenues could decrease and reserves for our credit losses and write-offs of accounts receivable may increase.

We Depend on Having Creditworthy Customers to Avoid an Adverse Impact on Our Operating Results and Financial Condition

Our financing and technology segments require sufficient amounts of debt and equity capital to fund our equipment purchases. If the credit quality of our customer base materially decreases, or if we experience a material increase in our credit losses, we may find it difficult to continue to obtain the required capital for our business, and our operating results and financial condition may be harmed. In addition to the impact on our ability to attract capital, a material increase in our delinquency and default experience would itself have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We are also subject to changes, if any, in our lenders’ willingness to provide financing for different, particularly lower, credit quality lessees.

As of March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we had reserves for credit losses of $5.1 million, $5.6 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The reserve for credit losses as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 included a specific reserve of $2.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively, due to a customer that had filed for bankruptcy in May 2012.

If We Do Not Reserve Adequately for Our Credit Losses Our Earnings May be Adversely Affected

Our reserve for credit losses reflects management’s judgment of the potential loss from our accounts and notes receivable and minimum lease payments associated with our investments in direct finance and sales-type leases. We base our judgment on the nature and financial characteristics of our obligors, general economic conditions and our bad debt experience. We also consider delinquency rates and the value of the collateral underlying the finance receivables. We cannot be certain that our reserve for credit losses will be adequate over time to cover credit losses in our portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries or markets. If our reserves for credit losses are not adequate, our business, operating results and financial condition may suffer.

Costs to Protect Our Intellectual Property May Affect Our Earnings

The legal and associated costs to protect our intellectual property may significantly increase our expenses and have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We may deem it necessary to protect our intellectual property rights and significant expenses could be incurred with no certainty of the results of these potential actions. Costs relative to lawsuits are usually expensed in the periods incurred and there is no certainty in recouping any of the amounts expended regardless of the outcome of any action. We incurred $3.3 million, $6.0 million, and $10.5 million in legal and other fees during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, related to protecting our intellectual property.

We May Experience A Reduction in Incentives Offered to Us by Our Vendors That Would Affect Our Earnings

We receive payments and credits from vendors, including consideration pursuant to volume sales incentive programs, volume purchase incentive programs, shared marketing expense programs and early pay discounts. These programs are usually of finite terms and may not be renewed or may be changed in a way that has an adverse effect on us. Vendor funding is used to offset, among other things, inventory costs, costs of goods sold, marketing costs and other operating expenses. Certain of these funds are based on our volume of net sales or purchases, growth rate of net sales or purchases and marketing programs. If we do not grow our net sales over prior periods or if we are not in compliance with the terms of these programs, there could be a material negative effect on the amount of incentives offered or paid to us by vendors. We may not continue to receive such incentives or may not be able to collect outstanding amounts relating to these incentives in a timely manner, or at all. Any sizeable reduction in, the discontinuance of, a significant delay in receiving or the inability to collect such incentives, particularly related to incentive programs with our largest partners, including Cisco Systems and Hewlett Packard, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we are unable to react timely to any fundamental changes in the programs of vendors, including the elimination of funding for some of the activities for which we have been compensated in the past, such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

14

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, vendor incentives earned decreased slightly as a percent of our consolidated sales of product and services. More specifically, the change in the amounts of vendor incentives earned during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 resulted in a 0.1% decrease in gross margin for products and services. The change in the amount of vendor incentives earned during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 resulted in a decrease to our gross margins for products and services of 0.3%; the change in incentives resulted in an increase in gross margins 0.4% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.

If We Lost Several of Our Larger Customers Our Earnings May be Affected

The contracts for the provision of products from us to our customers are generally non-exclusive agreements without volume purchase commitments that are terminable by either party upon 30 days’ notice. Either the loss of our largest customer or several of our other larger customers, or the failure of such customers to pay amounts due to us, or a material reduction in the amount of purchases made by such customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

For the year ended March 31, 2013, sales to a large telecommunications company were approximately 14% of total revenues, all of which related to our technology segment. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

Changes in Accounting Rules May Adversely Affect Our Future Financial Results

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These accounting principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and various other bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. Products and services, and the manner in which they are bundled, are technologically complex and the characterization of these product and services require judgment in order to apply revenue recognition policies. Mischaracterization of these products and services could result in misapplication of revenue recognition polices. Future periodic assessments required by current or new accounting standards may result in noncash changes and/or changes in presentation or disclosure. In addition, any change in accounting standards may influence our customers’ decision to purchase from us or finance transactions with us, which could have a significant adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

We May Be Required to Take Additional Impairment Charges for Goodwill or Other Intangible Assets Related to Acquisitions

We have acquired certain portions of our business and certain assets through acquisitions. Further, as part of our long-term business strategy, we may continue to pursue acquisitions of other companies or assets. In connection with prior acquisitions, we have accounted for the portion of the purchase price paid in excess of the book value of the assets acquired as goodwill or intangible assets, and we may be required to account for similar premiums paid on future acquisitions in the same manner.

Under the applicable accounting principles, goodwill is not amortized and is carried on our books at its original value, subject to annual review and evaluation for impairment, whereas intangible assets are amortized over the life of the asset. Changes in the business itself, the economic environment (including business valuation levels and trends), or the legislative or regulatory environment may trigger a review and evaluation of our goodwill and intangible assets for potential impairment outside of the normal review periods. These changes may adversely affect either the fair value of the business or the fair value of our individual reporting units and we may be required to take an impairment charge.

If market and economic conditions deteriorate, this could increase the likelihood that we will need to record impairment charges to the extent the carrying value of our goodwill exceeds the fair value of our overall business. Such impairment charges could materially adversely affect our net earnings during the period in which the charge is taken. As of March 31, 2013, we had goodwill and other intangible assets of $33.0 million.

15

We May Not Be Able to Realize Our Entire Investment in the Equipment We Lease

The realization of equipment values (residual values) during the life and predominantly at the end of the term of a lease is an important element in our leasing business. At the inception of each lease, we record a residual value for the leased equipment based on our estimate of the future value of the equipment at the expected disposition date.

A decrease in the market value of leased equipment at a rate greater than the rate we projected, whether due to rapid technological or economic obsolescence, unusual wear and tear on the equipment, excessive use of the equipment, or other factors, would adversely affect the recoverability of the estimated residual values of such equipment. Further, certain equipment residual values are dependent on the manufacturer’s or vendor’s warranties, reputation and other factors, including market liquidity. In addition, we may not realize the full market value of equipment if we are required to sell it to meet liquidity needs or for other reasons outside of the ordinary course of business. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we will realize our estimated residual values for equipment.

The degree of residual realization risk varies by transaction type. Direct financing leases bear less risk because contractual payments cover approximately 90% or more of the equipment’s lease cost at inception. Operating leases have a higher degree of risk because a smaller percentage of the equipment’s value is covered by contractual cash flows at lease inception.

We Depend on Third-Party Companies to Perform Some of Our Obligations to Our Customers, Which if Not Performed Could Cause Significant Disruption to Our Business

We rely on arrangements with third parties to perform certain services for our customers, which, if not performed in accordance with the terms of the agreement, could result in significant disruptions or costs to our organization, including damaging customer relationships, if these third parties do not meet their obligations or maintain adequate service levels.

We rely on arrangements with independent shipping companies, such as FedEx and United Parcel Service, for the delivery of our products from us and our vendors to our customers. The failure or inability of these shipping companies to deliver products, or the unavailability of their shipping services, even temporarily, could have an adverse effect on our business. We may also be adversely affected by an increase in freight surcharges due to rising fuel costs and added security.

The Soundness of Financial Institutions With Which We Have Relationships Could Adversely Affect Us

We have relationships with many financial institutions, including the lender under our credit facility, and, from time to time, we execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry. Some of our balances that we maintain with various financial institutions may exceed the $250,000 maximum insured deposit amount by the FDIC. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, financial institutions or the financial services industry generally, could result in losses or defaults by these institutions. In the event that the volatility of the financial markets adversely affects these financial institutions or counterparties, we or other parties to the transactions with us may be unable to access credit facilities or complete transactions as intended, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Changes in the IT Industry and/or Rapid Changes in Product Standards May Result in Reduced Demand for the IT Hardware, Software and Services We Sell

Our results of operations are influenced by a variety of factors, including the condition of the IT industry, shifts in demand for, or availability of, IT hardware, software, peripherals and services, and industry introductions of new products, upgrades or methods of distribution. The IT industry is characterized by rapid technological change and the frequent introduction of new products, product enhancements and new distribution methods or channels, each of which can decrease demand for current products or render them obsolete. Sales of product and services can be dependent on demand for specific product categories, and any change in demand for or supply of such products could have a material adverse effect on our total revenues, if we fail to react in a timely manner to such changes.

We Rely on Inventory and Accounts Receivable Financing Arrangements for Working Capital and Our Accounts Payable Processing

The loss of the technology segment’s credit facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and the operational function of our accounts payable process. Our credit agreement contains various covenants that must be met each quarter. There can be no assurance that we will continue to meet those covenants and failure to do so may limit availability of, or cause us to lose, such financing. There can be no assurance that such financing will continue to be available to us in the future on acceptable terms.

16

We May Not Adequately Protect Ourselves Through Our Contract Vehicles or Insurance Policies

Our contracts may not protect us against the risks inherent in our business including, but not limited to, warranties, limitations of liability, human resources and subcontractors, related claims, patent and product liability, and financing activities. Despite the non-recourse nature of the loans financing certain of our activities, non-recourse lenders have, in the past, brought suit when the underlying transaction turns out poorly for the lenders. We have vigorously defended such cases in the past and will do so in the future, however, we are subject to such suits and the cost of defending such suits due to the nature of our business.

We Rely on a Small Number of Key Vendors and Do Not Have Long-term Supply or Guaranteed Price Agreements or Assurance of Stock Availability with Our Vendors

A substantial portion of our sales of product and services are dependent on a small number of key manufacturers including Cisco Systems and Hewlett Packard. Products manufactured by Cisco Systems represented approximately 48%, 45% and 40% of our total sales of product and services for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Products manufactured by Hewlett Packard represented approximately 11%, 15% and 19% of our total sales of product and services for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Our industry frequently experiences periods of product shortages from our vendors as a result of our vendors’ difficulties in projecting demand for certain product sold by us, additional trade law provisions or regulations, additional duties, tariffs or other charges on imports or exports, natural disasters affecting our suppliers’ facilities, and significant labor disputes. As we do not stock inventory that is not related to an order we have received from our customer, we are dependent upon the supply of products available from our vendors in order to fulfill orders from our customers on a timely basis.

The loss of a key vendor or manufacturer or changes in its policies could adversely impact our financial results. In addition, violation of a contract that results in either the termination of our ability to sell the product or a decrease in our certification level with the manufacturer could adversely impact our financial results.

Our Officers and Directors Own a Significant Amount of Our Common Stock and May be Able to Exert a Significant Influence over Corporate Matters

Our officers and directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 52.2% of our outstanding common stock as of March 31, 2013. As a result, these stockholders acting together will be able to exert considerable influence over the election of our directors and the outcome of most corporate actions requiring stockholder approval. Such concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of ePlus and consequently could affect the market price of our common stock.

We May Not Be Able to Hire and/or Retain Personnel That We Need to Succeed

To increase market awareness and sales of our offerings, we may need to expand our sales operations and marketing efforts in the future. Our products and services require a sophisticated sales effort and significant technical support. For example, our sales and engineering candidates must have highly technical hardware and software knowledge in order to create a customized solution for our customers’ business processes. Competition for qualified sales, marketing and technical personnel fluctuates depending on market conditions and we may not be able to hire or retain sufficient numbers of such personnel to maintain and grow our business. Increasingly, our competitors are requiring their employees to agree to non-compete and non-solicitation agreements as part of their employment, and this could make it more difficult for us to hire those persons.

We Face Substantial Competition From Larger Companies As Well As Our Manufacturers and Financial Partners

In our technology segment, manufacturers may choose to market their products directly to end-users, rather than through resellers such as our company, and this could adversely affect our future sales. In addition, a reduction in the amount of credit granted to us by our vendors and financial partners could increase our need for and cost of working capital and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Many competitors compete principally on the basis of price and may have lower costs or accept lower selling prices than us and, therefore, current gross margins may not be maintainable. In addition, we do not have guaranteed sales volume commitments from our customers and, therefore, our sales volume may be volatile.

17

In our financing segment, we face competition from many sources including much larger companies with greater financial resources. Our competition may originate from manufacturers of the products we lease or financial partners who choose to market directly to customers through the manufacturers’ captive leasing organization or large financial institutions such as banks with substantially lower cost of funds. Our competition may lower lease rates in order to increase market share.

We Face Risks of Claims From Third Parties for Intellectual Property Infringement That Could Harm Our Business

We may be subject to claims on our products and services or products that we resell infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. The manufacturer of certain products or services we resell, may not provide us with indemnification for infringement. However, our customers may seek indemnification from us. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves and our customers against infringement claims. In the event of a claim of infringement, we and our customers may be required to obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We may not be able to obtain such licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or at all. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any such required license could significantly increase our expenses and/or adversely affect our ability to offer one or more of our services.

We May be Liable for Misappropriation of Our Customers’ Corporate Information

The security systems used in our product and service offerings may be circumvented or sabotaged by third parties, which could result in the disclosure of sensitive corporate information or private personal information, unauthorized procurement, or cause other business interruptions that could damage our reputation and disrupt our business.

If third parties or our employees are able to penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our customers’ information such as credit card information, or such information for which our customers may be responsible and for which we agree to be responsible in connection with service contracts we may enter, or if we give third parties or our employees improper access to certain information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized purchases with credit card information, identity theft or other similar fraud-related claims. This liability could also include claims for other misuses of personal information, including for unauthorized marketing purposes. Other liability could include claims alleging misrepresentation of our privacy and data security practices. Any such liability for misappropriation of this information could decrease our profitability. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission and state agencies have been investigating various companies regarding whether they misused or inadequately secured personal information regarding consumers. We could incur additional expenses if new laws or regulations regarding the use of sensitive information are introduced or if government agencies investigate our privacy practices.

We seek to rely on encryption and authentication technology to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure online transmission of confidential information such as customer credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of our security practices we use to protect sensitive customer transaction data. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against such security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches. Our security measures are designed to protect against security breaches, but our failure to prevent such security breaches could cause us to incur significant expense to investigate and respond to a security breach and correct any problems caused by any breach, subject us to liability, damage our reputation and diminish the value of our brand-name.

We May Not Have Designed Our Information Technology Systems to Support Our Business without Failure

We are dependent upon the reliability of our information, telecommunication and other systems, which are used for sales, distribution, marketing, purchasing, inventory management, order processing, customer service and general accounting functions. Interruption or poor design of our information systems, Internet or telecommunications systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

If We Fail to Integrate Acquisitions, Our Profitability May Be Adversely Affected

Our ability to successfully integrate the operations we acquire, to reduce costs, or leverage these operations to generate revenue and earnings growth, could significantly impact future revenue and earnings. Integrating acquired operations is a significant challenge and there is no assurance that we will be able to manage the integrations successfully. Failure to successfully integrate acquired operations may adversely affect our cost structure thereby reducing our gross margins and return on investment. In addition, we may acquire entities with unknown liabilities, fraud, cultural or business environment issues or that may not have adequate internal controls as may be required by law.

18

If We Are Unable to Protect Our Intellectual Property, Our Business May Suffer

The success of our business strategy depends, in part, upon proprietary technology and other intellectual property rights. To date, we have relied primarily on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws and contractual provisions with our customers, subcontractors and employees to protect our proprietary technology. It may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy certain portions of our products or reverse engineer or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Some of our agreements with our customers and technology licensors contain residual clauses regarding confidentiality and the rights of third parties to obtain the source code for our products. These provisions may limit our ability to protect our intellectual property rights in the future that could seriously harm our business and operating results. Our means of protecting our intellectual property rights may not be adequate.

Changes in Taxes and Other Regulatory Legislation May Require Us to Change Our Policies or Structure

We operate in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. When new legislation is enacted with minimal advance notice, or when new interpretations or applications of existing laws are made, we may need to implement changes in our policies or structure.

We plan our structure and operations based upon existing laws and anticipated future changes in the law. We are susceptible to unanticipated changes in legislation, especially relating to income and other taxes, as well as other laws related to trade and business activities. Such changes in legislation may have a significant adverse effect on our business.

The Trend of Increasing Costs to Provide Health Care and Other Benefits to Employees May Continue.

We provide health care and other benefits to our employees and their families. For many years, costs for health care have increased more rapidly than general inflation in the U.S. economy. If this trend in health care costs continues, our cost to provide such benefits could increase, adversely impacting our profitability. Changes to health care regulations in the U.S. may also increase our cost of providing such benefits.

Our Electronic-Commerce Related Products and Services Subject Us to Challenges and Risks in a Rapidly Evolving Market

As a provider of a comprehensive set of solutions, which involves the bundling of direct IT sales, professional services and financing with our proprietary software, we expect to encounter some of the challenges, risks, difficulties and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies providing new and/or bundled solutions in rapidly evolving markets. Some of these challenges include our ability to: increase the total number of users of our services, adapt to meet changes in our markets and competitive developments or continue to update our technology to enhance the features and functionality of our suite of products. Our business strategy may not be successful or successfully address these and other challenges, risks and uncertainties.

In the software market, there are a number of companies developing and marketing business-to-business electronic commerce solutions similar to ours, and competitors are adapting their product offerings to a SAAS platform. Some of these competitors and potential competitors include ERP system vendors and other major software vendors that are expected to sell their procurement and asset management products along with their application suites. These ERP vendors have a significant installed customer base and have the opportunity to offer additional products to those customers as additional components of their respective application suites. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures faced by us may harm our business, operating results or financial condition. We also face indirect competition from potential customers’ internal development efforts and have to overcome potential customers’ reluctance to move away from legacy systems and processes.

In all of our markets, some of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies, and customer requirements. Many current competitors may have, and potential competitors may have, greater name recognition and engage in more extensive promotional marketing and advertising activities, offer more attractive terms to customers, and adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we do.

We expect to incur significant sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses in connection with the development of these areas of our business; however, we may not be successful in achieving revenue growth. These expected expenses may have a material adverse effect on our future operating results as a whole.

19

If Our Proprietary Software Products Contain Defects, Our Business Could Suffer

Products as complex as those used to provide our electronic commerce solutions often contain unknown and undetected errors or performance problems. We may have serious defects immediately following introduction of new products or enhancements to existing products. Undetected errors or performance problems may not be discovered in the future and errors considered by us to be minor may be considered serious by our customers. In addition, our customers may experience a loss in connectivity by our SAAS solution as a result of a power loss at our data center, Internet interruption or defects in our software. This could result in lost revenues, delays in customer acceptance or unforeseen liabilities that would be detrimental to our reputation and to our business.

If We Publish Inaccurate Catalog Content Data, Our Business Could Suffer

Any defects or errors in catalog content data could harm our customers or deter businesses from participating in our offering, damage our business reputation, harm our ability to attract new customers, and potentially expose us to legal liability. In addition, from time to time vendors who provide us electronic catalog data could submit to us inaccurate pricing or other catalog data. Even though such inaccuracies are not caused by our work and are not within our control, such inaccuracies could deter current and potential customers from using our products or result in inaccurate pricing to our customers.

Our Earnings May Fluctuate, Which Could Adversely Affect the Price of Our Common Stock

Our earnings are susceptible to fluctuations for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to, the risk factors discussed above. In the event our revenues or net earnings are less than the level expected by the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of March 31, 2013, we operated from 28 office locations, and a number of home or site based offices. Our total leased square footage as of March 31, 2013, was approximately 194 thousand square feet for which we incurred rent expense of approximately $238 thousand per month. Some of our companies operate in shared office space to improve sales, marketing and cost efficiency. Some sales and technical service personnel operate from either residential offices or space that is provided for by another entity or are located on a customer site. The following table identifies our largest locations, the number of employees as of March 31, 2013, the square footage and the general office functions.

20

Location	Company	Employees	Square Footage	Function
Herndon, VA	ePlus Group, inc. ePlus Technology, inc. ePlus Government, inc. ePlus Document Systems, inc.	289	55,880	Corporate and subsidiary headquarters, sales office, technical support and warehouse
Sterling, VA	ePlus Technology, inc.	2	12,859	Warehouse
Richmond, VA	ePlus Technology, inc.	14	4,194	Sales office and technical support
Columbia, MD	ePlus Technology, inc.	16	3,589	Sales office and technical support
Pittsford, NY	ePlusSystems, inc.	9	2,577	Sales office and technical development
Hauppauge, NY	ePlusTechnology, inc.	27	8,370	Sales office, technical support and warehouse
New York City, NY	ePlus Technology, inc.	26	6,278	Sales office and technical support
Newtown, PA	ePlusTechnology, inc.	16	3,784	Sales office and technical support
Pottstown, PA	ePlusTechnology, inc.	75	16,300	Sales office, technical support and warehouse
Avon, CT	ePlus Systems, inc.	13	2,345	Sales office and technical development
Westwood, MA	ePlusTechnology, inc.	27	4,012	Sales office and technical support
Bedford, NH	ePlusTechnology, inc.	16	6,508	Sales office and technical support
Mt. Laurel, NJ	ePlusTechnology, inc.	17	3,435	Sales office and technical support
Charlotte, NC	ePlusTechnology, inc.	6	2,098	Sales office and technical support
Raleigh, NC	ePlusTechnology, inc.	26	7,199	Sales office-shared, technical support and warehouse
Wilmington, NC	ePlusTechnology, inc.	13	4,000	Sales office-shared, technical support and warehouse
Elgin, IL	ePlusTechnology, inc.	11	4,303	Sales office and technical support
Irvine, CA	ePlusTechnology, inc.	33	8,982	Sales office, technical support and warehouse
Sunnyvale, CA	ePlusTechnology, inc.	48	11,200	Sales office, technical support and warehouse
Colorado Springs, CO	ePlusTechnology, inc.	16	3,984	Sales office and technical support
Austin, TX	ePlus Technology, inc.	15	3,190	Sales office and technical support
Dallas, TX	ePlus Technology, inc.	8	3,153	Sales office and technical support
Houston, TX	ePlus Technology, inc.	16	9,813	Sales office-shared, technical support and warehouse
Other Office Location		10	6,104	Sales offices and technical support
Home Office/Customer Site		141	-
Total		890	194,157

Our largest office location is in Herndon, VA, which has a lease expiration date of December 31, 2014.

21

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In June 2007 ePlus Group, inc. filed a suit in the United States District Court for the Western District of Michigan against The Huntington National Bank (“Huntington”). The complaint alleges counts of aiding and abetting fraud, aiding and abetting conversion, and statutory conversion, relating to our former customer, Cyberco Holdings, Inc, which was perpetrating a scam. Summary judgment was granted in favor of Huntington with regard to our claims in the suit. A final judgment was entered in February 2012. We filed an appeal with the United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit (“Sixth Circuit”), and on April 8, 2013, the Sixth Circuit affirmed the grant of summary judgment. On May 30, 2013, the Sixth Circuit denied our petition for rehearing.

We are the plaintiff in a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia (“the trial court”) in which a jury unanimously found that Lawson Software, Inc. (“Lawson”) infringed certain ePlus patents. The jury verdict, which was reached on January 27, 2011, also found that all of ePlus’ patent claims tried in court were not invalid. On May 23, 2011, the trial court issued a permanent injunction, ordering Lawson and its successors to: immediately stop selling and servicing products relating to its electronic procurement systems that infringe our patents; cease providing any ongoing or future maintenance, training or installation of its infringing products; and refrain from publishing any literature or information that encourages the use or sale of its infringing products. Lawson appealed the trial court’s judgment, and we appealed the trial court’s evidentiary ruling which precluded us from seeking monetary damages. On November 21, 2012, the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (the “Appeals Court”) reversed in part, vacated in part, affirmed in part, and remanded. The Appeals Court upheld the trial court’s ruling precluding us from seeking monetary damages. The Appeals Court also upheld a finding of infringement, as well as the injunction, and remanded the case to the trial court for consideration of what changes, if any, are required to the terms of the injunction.  On January 29, 2013, the Appeals Court denied our petition for rehearing of certain elements of its opinion. ePlus is seeking damages with respect to contempt of the injunction for the period dating back to May of 2011, when the injunction was issued. A hearing and oral argument on that petition for contempt were held in April 2013. However, court calendars are inherently unpredictable, and we cannot predict when the trial court will issue a ruling.

We may be or become party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business including preference payment claims asserted in customer bankruptcy proceedings, claims of alleged infringement of patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights, claims of alleged non-compliance with contract provisions, employment related claims, claims by competitors, vendors or customers, and claims related to alleged violations of laws and regulations. Although we do not expect that the outcome in any of these matters, individually or collectively, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, litigation is inherently unpredictable. Therefore, judgments could be rendered or settlements entered that could adversely affect our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. We provide for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably determinable.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable

22

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION

At March 31, 2013, our common stock traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PLUS.”  Prior to January 3, 2012, the shares of common stock traded on NASDAQ Global Market. The following table sets forth the range of high and low closingprices for our common stock during each quarter of the two fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Quarter Ended	High		Low
Fiscal Year 2013
March 31, 2013	$	48.84	$	42.82
December 31, 2012	$	42.54	$	35.46
September 30, 2012	$	39.28	$	31.00
June 30, 2012	$	33.58	$	29.13
Fiscal Year 2012
March 31, 2012	$	33.95	$	26.44
December 31, 2011	$	28.81	$	23.24
September 30, 2011	$	27.94	$	22.36
June 30, 2011	$	28.19	$	23.06

On May 31, 2013, the closing price of our common stock was $49.73 per share. On May 31, 2013, there were 183 shareholders of record of our common stock. We believe there are approximately 1,900 beneficial holders of our common stock.

DIVIDEND POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

Holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends if and when declared by our Board out of funds legally available. Generally we have retained our earnings for use in the business. We currently intend to retain future earnings to fund ongoing operations and finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination concerning the payment of dividends will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and any other factors deemed relevant by our Board.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, our Board approved a one-time special cash dividend of $2.50 per share, which was paid December 26, 2012 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 17, 2012.

23

PURCHASES OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following table provides information regarding our purchases of ePlus inc. common stock during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

Period	Total number of shares purchased (1)		Average price paid per share		Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly  announced plans or programs		Maximum number  (or approximate dollar value) of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs
April 1, 2012 through April 30, 2012		10,401	$	29.47		10,401		436,044	(2)
May 1, 2012 through May 31, 2012		9,022	$	29.45		9,022		427,022	(3)
June 1, 2012 through June 30, 2012		17,198	$	33.57		-		427,022	(4)
July 1, 2012 through July 31, 2012		-		-		-		427,022	(5)
August 1, 2012 through August 31, 2012		11,609	$	35.14		-		427,022	(6)
September 1, 2012 through September 15, 2012		-		-		-		427,022	(7)
September 16, 2012 through September 30, 2012		-		-		-		500,000	(8)
October 1, 2012 through October 31, 2012		-		-		-		500,000	(9)
November 1, 2012 through November 30, 2012		9,121	$	36.36		-		500,000	(10)
December 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012		-		-		-		500,000	(11)
January 1, 2013 through January 31, 2013		-		-		-		500,000	(12)
February 1, 2013 through February 28, 2013		-		-		-		500,000	(13)
March 1, 2013 through March 31, 2013		-		-		-		500,000	(14)

(1) All shares acquired were in open-market purchases, except for 37,928 shares, which were repurchased to satisfy tax withholding obligations that arose due to the vesting of shares of restricted stock.

(2) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended April 30, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of April 30, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 436,044.

(3) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended May 31, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of May 31, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 427,022.

(4) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended June 30, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of June 30, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 427,022.

(5) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended July 31, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of July 31, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 427,022.

(6) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended August 31, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of August 31, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 427,022.

(7) The share purchase authorization in place for the period from September 1 to September 15, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of September 15, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 427,022.

(8) On August 13, 2012 our Board authorized a share repurchase plan commencing on September 16, 2012. The share purchase authorization in place for the period from September 16 to September 30, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of September 30, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 500,000.

(9) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended October 31, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of October 31, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 500,000.

(10) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended November 30, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of November 30, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 500,000.

(11) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended December 31, 2012 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of December 31, 2012, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 500,000.

(12) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended January 31, 2013 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of January 31, 2013, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 500,000.

(13) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended February 28, 2013 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of February 28, 2013, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 500,000.

24

(14) The share purchase authorization in place for the month ended March 31, 2013 had purchase limitations on the number of shares of up to 500,000 shares. As of March 31, 2013, the remaining authorized shares to be purchased were 500,000.

The timing and expiration date of the stock repurchase authorizations as well as an amendment to our current repurchase plan are included in Note 10, “Stockholders’ Equity” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

25

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 presented below was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere herein.

	For the years ended March 31,
	2013		2012 (1)		2011 (1)		2010 (1)		2009 (1)
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Sales of product and services	$	936,228	$	784,951	$	672,303	$	499,359	$	523,750
Total revenues	$	983,112	$	825,581	$	718,515	$	550,612	$	581,863
Cost of sales, product and services	$	767,447	$	645,558	$	551,860	$	410,880	$	436,244
Total costs and expenses	$	924,367	$	786,007	$	677,947	$	529,530	$	559,815
Earnings before provision for income taxes	$	58,745	$	39,574	$	40,568	$	21,082	$	22,048
Net earnings	$	34,830	$	23,367	$	23,727	$	12,745	$	12,829
Net earnings per common share - basic	$	4.37	$	2.82	$	2.83	$	1.53	$	1.56
Net earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.32	$	2.79	$	2.78	$	1.49	$	1.51
Dividend per common share	$	2.50	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-

	As of March 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
	(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	52,720	$	33,778	$	75,756	$	85,077	$	107,788
Short-term investments	$	982	$	7,396	$	-	$	-	$	-
Accounts receivable—net	$	192,254	$	174,599	$	121,771	$	108,752	$	82,734
Investment in leases and leased equipment—net	$	90,710	$	115,974	$	117,667	$	152,912	$	118,615
Total assets	$	437,872	$	433,688	$	389,191	$	405,246	$	363,487
Non-recourse and recourse notes payable	$	41,739	$	28,055	$	29,592	$	53,679	$	85,079
Total liabilities	$	199,640	$	214,061	$	177,214	$	220,140	$	189,400
Total stockholders' equity	$	238,232	$	219,627	$	211,977	$	185,106	$	174,087

(1) Our financial results were corrected to present our earnings per share using the two-class method. Basic earnings per share decreased by $0.10, $0.06, and $0.01 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Diluted earnings per share decreased by $0.05, $0.04, $0.01and $0.01 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Our sales of product and services are affected by our customers’ investment in technology products and related services, which in turn, are driven by the general economic conditions and our customers’ business outlook. Although sales increased during the year ended March 31, 2013, there is no guarantee that the trend will continue. Our gross margins are driven by the mix of products and service sales and incentives received from manufacturers and/or distributors. During recent years, we gradually reduced our non-recourse and recourse notes payable balance as we invested our cash in the lease portfolio to increase our overall returns. However, our investment in leases and leased equipment has decreased primarily due to sales of leases.

26

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“financial review”) of ePlus is intended to help investors understand our company and our operations. The financial review is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Business Description

ePlus and its consolidated subsidiaries provide leading IT products and services, flexible leasing solutions, and enterprise supply management to enable our customers to optimize their IT infrastructure and supply chain processes. Our revenues are composed of sales of product and services, financing revenues and fee and other income. Our operations are conducted through two segments: technology and financing segment.

Financial Summary

In recent years, the United States experienced substantial uncertainty in the economic environment, including financial market disruption. In addition, the debt crisis in certain countries in the European Union has contributed to continuing economic weakness and uncertainty in the United States. A reoccurrence of the economic downturn could cause our current and potential customers to once again delay or reduce technology purchases and result in longer sales cycles, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. Credit risk associated with our customers and vendors may also be adversely impacted. In addition, although we do not anticipate the need for additional capital in the near term due to our current financial position, a reoccurrence of the economic downturn may adversely affect our access to additional capital.

However, in calendar year 2011, IT spending in most categories increased, driven by the general economic recovery, the deferral of IT spending by many customers in prior years, customer interest in cloud computing, the positive return on investment that can be gained by virtualization technologies, and the reduction of manufacturer shipment delays in the supply chain. In 2012, IT spending in the United States increased by 4.0% as compared to 2011, according to industry analysts. Some analysts have lowered their forecast for overall IT spending for calendar year 2013 to less than 3.0% on average, with higher variability depending on industry. We believe that customers are continuing to focus on cost savings initiatives by utilizing technologies such as virtualization and cloud computing, and we continue to provide these and other advanced technology solutions to meet these needs.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, total revenue increased 19.1% to $983.1 million and total costs and expenses increased 17.6% to $924.4 million. We believe that our growth outpaced the overall industry due to a gain in market share as we captured additional customer spend, and focused on faster growing segments within the market, such as virtualization, collaboration, and security. In addition, we added new customers both as a result of our own organic sales and marketing efforts as well as through increased vendor referrals. Net earnings increased 49.1% to $34.8 million, as compared to the prior fiscal year. Diluted earnings per share increased 54.8% to $4.32 per share for the year ended March 31, 2013 compared to $2.79 per share for the prior year. Gross margin for product and services was 18.0% during the year ended March 31, 2013 compared to 17.8% during the year ended March 31, 2012. Our gross margin on sales of product and services increased due to an improvement in margins from the sale of third-party products, as well as increases in service revenues, which was offset by a decrease in the amount of vendor incentives earned.  For the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, we originated lease and financing volumes of $219.5 million and $162.3 million, respectively, which increased partly due to our participating in additional vendor financing transactions.

Cash and cash equivalents increased $18.9 million or 56.1% to $52.7 million at March 31, 2013 compared to March 31, 2012, which was partially offset by a reduction in short-term investments of $6.4 million to $1.0 million from $7.4 million as of March 31, 2012. During the year, we paid a special cash dividend of $2.50 per share, or $20.1 million, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 17, 2012, and repurchased 19,423 shares of our common stock for a total purchase price of $0.6 million. Our cash and short-term investments on hand, funds generated from operations, amounts available under our credit facility and the possible monetization of our investment portfolio provide sufficient liquidity for our business.

27

Business Segment Overview

Technology Segment

The technology segment sells IT equipment and software and related services primarily to corporate customers, state and local governments, and higher education institutions on a nationwide basis, with geographic concentrations relating to our physical locations. The technology segment also provides Internet-based business-to-business supply chain management solutions for information technology products. Our technology segment derives revenue from the sales of new equipment and service engagements. These revenues are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations under sales of product and services and fee and other income. Customers who purchase IT equipment and services from us may have customer master agreements, or CMAs, with our company, which stipulate the terms and conditions of the relationship. Some CMAs contain pricing arrangements, and most contain mutual voluntary termination clauses. Our other customers place orders using purchase orders without a CMA in place or with other documentation customary for the business. Often, our work with governments is based on public bids and our written bid responses.

A substantial portion of our sales of product and services are from sales of Cisco Systems and Hewlett Packard products, which represent approximately 48% and 11% of sales of product and services, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2013 as compared to 45% and 15% of total revenues, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2012, and 40% and 19% of total revenues, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Included in the sales of product and services are revenues derived from performing advanced professional services that may be bundled with sales of equipment which are integral to the successful delivery of such equipment. Our service engagements are generally governed by statements of work, and are primarily fixed price (with allowance for changes); however, some service agreements are based on time and materials.

We endeavor to minimize the cost of sales in our technology segment through vendor consideration programs provided by manufacturers and other incentives provided by distributors. The programs we qualify for are generally set by our reseller authorization level with the manufacturer. The authorization level we achieve and maintain governs the types of products we can resell as well as such items as pricing received, funds provided for the marketing of these products and other special promotions. These authorization levels are achieved by us through sales volume, certifications held by sales executives or engineers and/or contractual commitments by us. The authorization levels are costly to maintain and these programs continually change and, therefore, there is no guarantee of future reductions of costs provided by these vendor consideration programs. We currently maintain the following authorization levels with our primary manufacturers:

Manufacturer	Manufacturer Authorization Level
Apple	Apple Authorized Corporate Reseller
Cisco Systems	Cisco Gold DVAR (National)
	Advanced Wireless LAN
	Advanced Unified Communications
	Advanced Data Center Storage Networking
	Advanced Routing and Switching
	Advanced Security
	ATP Video Surveillance
	ATP Cisco Telepresence Video Master Partner
	ATP Rich Media Communications
	Master Security Specialization
	Master UC Specialization
	Master Managed Services Partner
Citrix Systems, Inc.	Citrix Gold (National)
EMC	Velocity Premier Level
Hewlett Packard	HP Preferred Elite Partner (National)
IBM	Premier IBM Business Partner (National)
Lenovo	Lenovo Premium (National)
Microsoft	Microsoft Gold (National)
NetApp	NetApp STAR Partner
Oracle Gold Partner	Sun SPA Executive Partner (National)
	Sun National Strategic Data Center Authorized
VMware	National Premier Partner

28

We also generate revenue in our technology segment through hosting arrangements, sales of our Internet-based business-to-business supply chain management software, agent fees received from various manufacturers, support fees, warranty reimbursements, settlement fees related to disputes or litigation and interest income. Our revenues also include earnings from certain transactions that are infrequent, and there is no guarantee that future transactions of the same nature, size or profitability will occur. Our ability to consummate such transactions, and the timing thereof, may depend largely upon factors outside the direct control of management. The earnings from these types of transactions in a particular period may not be indicative of the earnings that can be expected in future periods. These revenues are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations under fee and other income.

Financing Segment

The financing segment offers financing solutions to domestic governmental entities and corporations nationwide and in certain other countries. The financing segment derives revenue from leasing primarily IT and medical equipment and the disposition of that equipment at the end of the lease. These revenues are reflected under financing revenues on our consolidated statements of operations. The finance business also derives revenues from the financing of third-party software licenses, software assurance, maintenance and other services through notes receivable. These revenues are included in financing revenues on our consolidated statements of operations.

Financing revenues consist of amortization of unearned income on notes receivables, direct financing and sales-type leases, rentals due under operating leases, net gains or losses on the sales of financing receivables, and sales of equipment at the end of a lease, as well as other post-term financing revenue. The types of revenue and costs recognized by us are determined by each lease’s individual classification. Each lease is classified as either a direct financing lease, sales-type lease, or operating lease, as appropriate.

· For direct financing and sales-type leases, we record the net investment in leases, which consists of the sum of the minimum lease payments, initial direct costs (direct financing leases only), and unguaranteed residual value (gross investment) less the unearned income. The unearned income is amortized over the life of the lease using the interest method. Under sales-type leases, the difference between the present value of minimum lease payments and the cost of the leased property plus initial direct costs (net margins) is recorded as profit at the inception of the lease.

· For operating leases, rental amounts are accrued on a straight-line basis over the lease term and are recognized as financing revenue.

We account for the transfer of financing receivables that meet the definition of financial assets and certain criteria outlined in Transfers and Servicing in the Codification, including surrender of control, as sales for financial reporting purposes. The net gain on the transfer of these financial assets is recognized in financing revenues in our consolidated statements of operations.

Our financing segment sells the equipment underlying a lease to the lessee or a third-party other than the lessee. These sales occur at the end of the lease term and revenues from the sales of such equipment are recognized at the date of sale. The net gain or loss on these transactions is presented within financing revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

We also recognize revenue from events that occur after the initial sale of a financial asset and remarketing fees from our “off lease” equipment. These revenues are reflected in our consolidated statements of operations under fee and other income.

Fluctuations in Revenues

Our results of operations are susceptible to fluctuations for a number of reasons, including, without limitation, customer demand for our products and services, supplier costs, changes in vendor incentive programs, interest rate fluctuations, general economic conditions, and differences between estimated residual values and actual amounts realized related to the equipment we lease. Operating results could also fluctuate as a result of a sale prior to the expiration of the lease term to the lessee or to a third-party or from other post-term events.

We expect to continue to expand by opening new sales locations and hiring additional staff for specific targeted market areas in the near future whenever we can find both experienced personnel and desirable geographic areas. These investments may reduce our results from operations in the short term.

29

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income” (ASU 2011-12), which amended existing guidance by allowing only two options for presenting the components of net income and other comprehensive income: (1) in a single continuous financial statement, statement of comprehensive income or (2) in two separate but consecutive financial statements, consisting of an income statement followed by a separate statement of other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 requires retrospective application, and it is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this amendment on April 1, 2012 and are presenting our components of net income and other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive financial statements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to use judgment in the application of accounting policies, including making estimates and assumptions. If our judgment or interpretation of the facts and circumstances relating to various transactions had been different, or different assumptions were made, it is possible that alternative accounting policies would have been applied, resulting in a change in financial results. On an ongoing basis, we reevaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, residual values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, reserves for credit losses and income taxes specifically relating to uncertain tax positions. We base estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. For all such estimates, we caution that future events rarely develop exactly as forecasted, and therefore, these estimates may require adjustment.

We consider the following accounting policies important in understanding the potential impact of our judgments and estimates on our operating results and financial condition. For additional information on these and other accounting policies, see Note 1, “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

REVENUE RECOGNITION. The majority of our revenues are derived from the following sources: sales of third-party products, software, software assurance, maintenance and services; sales of our services and software, and financing revenues. The products and services we sell, and the manner in which they are bundled, are technologically complex and the characterization of these product and services require judgment in order to apply revenue recognition policies. For all these revenue sources, we determine whether we are the principal or agent in accordance with Codification Topic, Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Principal Agent Considerations. Our revenue recognition policies vary based upon these revenue sources and the mischaracterization of these products and services could result in misapplication of revenue recognition polices.

Generally, sales of third-party products and software are recognized when the title and risk of loss are passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Using these tests, the vast majority of our sales are recognized upon delivery due to our sales terms with our customers and with our vendors. For proper cutoff, we estimate the product delivered to our customers at the end of each quarter based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical delivery dates.

We sell software assurance, maintenance and service contracts where the services are performed by a third-party. Software assurance is a service that allows customers to upgrade at no additional cost to the latest technology if new applications are introduced during the period that the software assurance is in effect. As we enter into contracts with third-party service providers, we evaluate whether we are acting as a principal or agent in the transaction. We conclude that we are acting as an agent and recognize revenue on a net basis at the date of sale when we are not responsible for the day-to-day provision of services in these arrangements and our customers are aware that the third-party service provider will provide the services to them.

We also sell services that are performed by us in conjunction with product sales. We allocate the total arrangement consideration to the deliverables based on an estimated selling price of our products and services. We determine the estimated selling price using cost plus a reasonable margin for each deliverable, which was based on our established policies and procedures for providing customers with quotes, as well as historical gross margins for our products and services. Revenue from the sales of products is generally recognized upon delivery to the customers and revenue for the services performed by us is generally recognized when the services are complete, which normally occurs within 90 days after the products are delivered to the customer.

30

Financing revenues include income earned from investments in leases, leased equipment, and financed third-party software and services. We classify our investments in leases and leased equipment as either direct financing lease, sales-type lease, or operating lease, as appropriate. Revenue on direct financing and sales-type leases is deferred at the inception of the leases and is recognized over the term of the lease using the interest method. Revenue on operating leases is recorded on a straight line basis over the lease term. We classify third-party software and services that we finance for our customers as notes receivable and recognize interest income over the term of the arrangement using the effective interest method.

RESIDUAL VALUES. Residual values represent our estimated value of the equipment at the end of the initial lease term. Our estimated residual values will vary, both in amount and as a percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, manufacturer's discount, market conditions, lease term, equipment supply and demand, and new product announcements by manufacturers.

We evaluate residual values on a quarterly basis and record any required impairments of residual value, in the period in which the impairment is determined. No upward adjustment to residual values is made subsequent to lease inception.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS. Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets we have acquired in business combinations. We review our goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include a sustained, significant decline in our share price and market capitalization, a decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition, and/or slower growth rates, among others.

We first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors we consider include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company specific events, changes in circumstances, after tax cash flows and market capitalization. As part of our annual assessment, we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and estimated the fair values of our reporting units using the best information available, including prices for similar assets and liabilities and other valuation techniques.

We perform the two step process to assess our goodwill for impairment. First, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units with its carrying value. We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit using various valuation methodologies, including discounted expected future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a second test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure the amount of any impairment loss, we determine the fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if our reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that would yield the estimated fair value of goodwill. If the estimated fair value of goodwill is less than the goodwill recorded on our balance sheet, we record an impairment charge for the difference.

The fair values of our reporting units significantly exceeded their respective carrying values as of October 1, 2012 and we concluded the recoverability of goodwill would not have been impacted by a 10% change in the fair values.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION. We receive payments and credits from vendors, including consideration pursuant to volume sales incentive programs, volume purchase incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities and are primarily formula-based. Different programs have different vendor/program specific goals to achieve. These programs can be very complex to calculate and we estimate the amount of vendor consideration earned when it is probable and reasonably estimable using the best information available, including historical data.

Vendor consideration received pursuant to volume sales incentive programs is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales, product and services on our consolidated statements of operations. Vendor consideration received pursuant to volume purchase incentive programs is allocated to inventories based on the applicable incentives from each vendor and is recorded in cost of sales, product and services, as the inventory is sold. Vendor consideration received pursuant to shared marketing expense programs is recorded as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program takes place only if the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. Consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs is classified as a reduction of cost of sales, product and services on our consolidated statements of operations.

31

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES. We maintain our reserves for credit losses at a level believed by management to be adequate to absorb potential losses inherent in the respective balances. We assign an internal credit quality rating to all new customers and update these ratings regularly, but no less than annually. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the reserve for credit losses for our accounts and notes receivable is based on the age of the receivable balance, the customer’s credit quality rating, an evaluation of historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

Management’s determination of the adequacy of the reserve for credit losses for minimum lease payments associated with investments in direct financing and sales-type leases may be based on the following factors: an internally assigned credit quality rating, historical credit loss experience, current economic conditions, volume, growth, the composition of the lease portfolio, the fair value of the underlying collateral, and the funding status (i.e. not funded, funded on a recourse or partial recourse basis, or funded on non-recourse basis).

The reserve for credit losses for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 included a specific reserve of $2.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively, due to one specific customer, which filed for bankruptcy in May 2012.

RESERVES FOR SALES RETURNS. Sales are reported net of returns and allowances, which are maintained at a level believed by management to be adequate to absorb potential returns of sales of product and services. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based on an evaluation of historical sales returns and other relevant factors. These determinations require considerable judgment in assessing the ultimate potential for sales returns and include consideration of the type and volume of product sold.

INCOME TAXES. We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement reporting purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which principally arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement reporting purposes. We also must analyze income tax reserves, as well as determine the likelihood of recoverability of deferred tax assets, and adjust any valuation allowances accordingly.

Considerations with respect to the recoverability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, and historical and projected taxable income as well as tax liabilities for the tax jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Valuation allowances are evaluated periodically and will be subject to change in each future reporting period as a result of changes in one or more of these factors. The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves considering uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be required.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS. We account for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires that the total purchase price of each of the acquired entities be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The purchase price of the acquired entities may include an estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration. The allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and assumed contractual commitments and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value.

Any premium over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. To the extent the purchase price is less than the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed we recognize a gain in our statements of operations. The results of operations for an acquired company are included in our financial statements from the date of acquisition.

32

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Year Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2012

Technology Segment

The results of operations for our technology segment for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		Change
Sales of product and services	$	936,228	$	784,951	$	151,277		19.3	%
Fee and other income		6,949		7,455		(506	)	(6.8	%)
Total revenues		943,177		792,406		150,771		19.0	%
Cost of sales, product and services		767,447		645,558		121,889		18.9	%
Professional and other fees		9,638		10,283		(645	)	(6.3	%)
Salaries and benefits		100,447		88,321		12,126		13.7	%
General and administrative expenses		19,028		16,627		2,401		14.4	%
Interest and financing costs		89		93		(4	)	(4.3	%)
Total costs and expenses		896,649		760,882		135,767		17.8	%
Segment earnings	$	46,528	$	31,524	$	15,004		47.6	%

Total revenue. Total revenues for the year ended March 31, 2013 increased by $150.8 million, or 19.0%, to $943.2 million due to increases in demand for product and services, particularly from Fortune 100 customers. We had year over year growth in our quarterly sales of product and services during the year ended March 31, 2013. We experienced sequential increases in quarterly sales of product and services during the first two quarters of 2013 and slight decreases during the third and fourth quarters. The sequential decrease in revenues over the last two quarters is primarily due to changes in customer demand. We have experienced sequential decreases in revenues between our third and fourth quarters as the IT spending cycle for many of our customers tend increase towards the end of their fiscal years. However, over the last several years, our revenues have increased on a year over year basis. The sequential and year over year change in sales of product and services is summarized below:

Quarter Ended	Sequential	Year over Year
June 30, 2012	11.7%	38.4%
September 30, 2012	6.8%	29.3%
December 31, 2012	(8.8%)	7.4%
March 31, 2013	(1.9%)	6.6%

We rely on our vendors to fulfill shipments to our customers, which have been occurring on a regular basis. Our average open orders for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $76.8 million and $52.9 million, respectively. In addition, we had deferred revenue of $16.7 million at March 31, 2013, compared to $15.2 million at March 31, 2012.

Total costs and expenses. Total costs and expenses for the year ended March 31, 2013 increased $135.8 million or 17.8%, to $896.6 million due to increases in cost of sales, product and services, salaries and benefits and general and administrative expenses, partially offset by professional and other fees. The increase in cost of sales, product and services was consistent with the increase in sales of product and services. Our gross margin on the sale of product and services increased to 18.0% for the year ended March 31, 2013, from 17.8% in the prior year. Our gross margin increased due to an improvement in margins from the sale of product, as well as increases in service revenues, which were offset by a decrease as a percentage of sales in vendor incentives earned. The change in the amount of vendor incentives earned during the year ended March 31, 2013 resulted in a decrease of 0.1% of gross margin for product and services. There are ongoing changes to the incentive programs offered to us by our vendors. Accordingly, if we are unable to maintain the level of manufacturer incentives we are currently receiving, gross margins may decrease.

33

Professional and other fees decreased $0.6 million, or 6.3%, to $9.6 million, compared to $10.3 million during the prior year. These decreases are primarily due to lower legal and other fees related to the patent infringement litigation, which were $3.3 million and $6.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These types of patent infringement cases are complex in nature, and are likely to have significant expenses associated with them. We cannot predict whether we will be successful in our claims for damages, whether any award ultimately received will exceed the costs incurred to pursue these matters, or how long it will take to bring these matters to resolution. These decreases are partially offset by increases in accounting and other professional fees of about $1.8 million.

Salaries and benefits increased $12.1 million or 13.7% to $100.4 million, compared to $88.3 million during the prior year. This increase was driven by increases in the number of employees and higher commissions. Our technology segment had 835 employees as of March 31, 2013, an increase of 58 from 777 at March 31, 2012. Most of the increase relates to sales and support personnel in order to expand our geographical presence and solutions offerings. In addition, commissions increased due to the increase in the sales of product and services during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

General and administrative expenses increased $2.4 million, or 14.4%, to $19.0 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to prior year, due to the higher travel and other expenses associated with the increase in sales and support personnel, and higher rent and amortization expenses related to acquisitions,.

Segment earnings. As a result of the foregoing, segment earnings increased $15.0 million, or 47.6%, to $46.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2013.

Financing Segment

The results of operations for our financing segment for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		Change
Financing revenue	$	38,384	$	30,899	$	7,485		24.2	%
Fee and other income		1,551		2,276		(725	)	(31.9	%)
Total revenues		39,935		33,175		6,760		20.4	%
Direct lease costs		10,892		8,508		2,384		28.0	%
Professional and other fees		3,460		1,461		1,999		136.8	%
Salaries and benefits		10,516		9,947		569		5.7	%
General and administrative expenses		1,071		3,872		(2,801	)	(72.3	%)
Interest and financing costs		1,779		1,337		442		33.1	%
Total costs and expenses		27,718		25,125		2,593		10.3	%
Segment earnings	$	12,217	$	8,050	$	4,167		51.8	%

Total revenues. Total revenues increased by $6.8 million, or 20.4%, to $39.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2013 due to an increase in financing revenue and partially offset by a reduction in fee and other income revenue.

Financing revenue generally falls into two categories: portfolio and transactional income. Portfolio income consists of earnings on notes receivable, direct financing leases, operating leases and other renewal rent, while transactional income consists of sales of financing receivables and leased equipment. For the year ended March 31, 2013, the increase in financing revenues was due to net gains associated with the early termination of certain lease agreements as well as increases in net gains on sales of financing receivables and leased equipment. For the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, we originated lease and financing volumes of $219.5 million and $162.3 million, respectively, which increased partly due to our participating in additional vendor financing transactions.  Our investments in notes and leases decreased as of March 31, 2013 to $122.6 million from $140.3 million in the prior year, which was due to sales of financing receivables during the year.

34

Total costs and expenses. Total costs and expenses increased $2.6 million, or 10.3% to $27.7 million. Direct lease costs increased $2.4 million, or 28.0%, to $10.9 million mostly due to increases in depreciation expense for equipment under operating leases and increases in amortization of capitalized costs from terminated leases. Professional and other fees increased by $2.0 million or 136.8% due largely to broker fees incurred in connection with the sale of a portion of our lease investment portfolio. Salary and benefits increased by $569 thousand, or 5.7% to $10.5 million due to higher commissions as a result of the increase in revenues during the period. Our financing segment employed 55 people as of March 31, 2013 down slightly from 56 people as of March 31, 2012.

General and administrative expenses decreased $2.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the prior year, due to lower reserves for credit losses. Our provision for bad debts decreased due to a reserve of $2.9 million recognized in fiscal year 2012 due to a specific customer that declared bankruptcy.

Interest and financing costs increased $442 thousand or 33.1% to $1.8 million during the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $1.3 million during the prior year. This increase is primarily due to higher non-recourse note balances as well as lower interest rates. Non-recourse notes payable increased 52.9% to $40.3 million at March 31, 2013 as compared to $26.3 million at March 31, 2012; this was partially offset by the reduction of $243 thousand in recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2013, compared to $1.7 million in recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2012.

Segment earnings. As a result of the foregoing, segment earnings increased $4.2 million, or 51.8%, to $12.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2013.

Consolidated

Income taxes. Our provision for income taxes increased $7.7 million or 47.6% to $23.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2013. Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were 40.7% and 41.0%, respectively. The decrease in effective income tax rate is primarily due to changes in state apportionment factors.

Net earnings. Net earnings were $34.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, an increase of 49.1% as compared to $23.4 million in the prior fiscal year.

Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share were $4.37 and $4.32, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2013. Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share were $2.82 and $2.79, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2013 were 7,809,938 and 7,902,871 and for the year ended March 31, 2012 were 8,002,191, and 8,095,192, respectively.

The Year Ended March 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2011

Technology Segment

The results of operations for our technology segment for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2012		2011		Change
Sales of product and services	$	784,951	$	672,303	$	112,648		16.8	%
Fee and other income		7,455		8,260		(805	)	(9.7	%)
Patent settlement income		-		125		(125	)	(100.0	%)
Total revenues		792,406		680,688		111,718		16.4	%
Cost of sales, product and services		645,558		551,860		93,698		17.0	%
Professional and other fees		10,283		14,014		(3,731	)	(26.6	%)
Salaries and benefits		88,321		74,706		13,615		18.2	%
General and administrative expenses		16,627		13,220		3,407		25.8	%
Interest and financing costs		93		84		9		10.7	%
Total costs and expenses		760,882		653,884		106,998		16.4	%
Segment earnings	$	31,524	$	26,804	$	4,720		17.6	%

35

Total revenues. Total revenues for the year ended March 31, 2012 increased by $111.7 million, or 16.4%, to $792.4 million, due to increased sales of product and services. In calendar year 2011, IT spending in most categories increased driven by the general economic recovery, the deferral of IT spending by many customers in prior years, and the investment in new technologies. As a result, demand for our product and services increased over the prior year. We had year over year growth in our quarterly sales of product and services during the year ended March 31, 2012. We experienced sequential increases in quarterly sales of product and services during the 2012 fiscal year, except for a slight decrease in the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as we had higher demand for our product and services during our second and third quarters. The sequential and year over year change in sales of product and services is summarized below:

Quarter Ended	Sequential	Year over Year
June 30, 2011	1.9%	13.8%
September 30, 2011	14.3%	10.6%
December 31, 2011	9.7%	16.4%
March 31, 2012	(1.2%)	26.3%

We rely on our vendors to fulfill shipments to our customers, which have been occurring on a regular basis. Our average open orders for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were $52.9 million and $47.9 million, respectively. In addition, we had deferred revenue of $10.9 million at March 31, 2012, compared to $30.3 million at March 30, 2011, relating to bundled hardware and service arrangements entered into prior to our adoption of ASU 2009-13 Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. These arrangements were not completed at March 31, 2011 and therefore, were not recognized as revenue. We recognize revenue on these multiple deliverable revenue arrangements when the services are completed.

Total costs and expenses. Total costs and expenses for the year ended March 31, 2012 increased $107.0 million or 16.4%, to $760.9 million due to increases in cost of sales, product and services, salaries and benefits and general and administrative expenses, partially offset by professional and other fees. The increase in cost of sales, product and services was consistent with the increase in sales of product and services. Our gross margin on the sale of product and services decreased to 17.8% for the year ended March 31, 2012, from 17.9% in the prior year. Our gross margin was affected by the mix between product and services, vendor incentives earned, and competitive pricing pressures. The change in the amount of vendor incentives earned during the year ended March 31, 2012 resulted in a 0.3% decrease in gross margin for product and services. There are ongoing changes to the incentives programs offered to us by our vendors. Accordingly, if we are unable to maintain the level of manufacturer incentives we are currently receiving, gross margins may decrease.

Professional and other fees decreased $3.7 million, or 26.6%, to $10.3 million, compared to $14.0 million during the prior year. These decreases are primarily due to lower legal and other fees related to the patent infringement litigation, which were $6.0 million and $10.5 million for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These types of patent infringement cases are complex in nature, and are likely to have significant expenses associated with them. We cannot predict whether we will be successful in our claims for damages, whether any award ultimately received will exceed the costs incurred to pursue these matters, or how long it will take to bring these matters to resolution.

Salaries and benefits increased $13.6 million or 18.2% to $88.3 million, compared to $74.7 million during the prior year. This increase was driven by increases in the number of employees and higher commissions. Our technology segment had 777 employees as of March 31, 2012, an increase of 115 from 662 at March 31, 2011. A total of 77 employees were added as a result of the three acquisitions we completed during the year, the remaining increase was due to organic growth. Most of the increase relates to sales, marketing and engineering personnel. We continue to invest in sales and support personnel through hiring and strategic acquisitions in order to expand our geographical presence in the continental U.S. as well as extend our advanced technology solutions offerings. In addition, commissions increased due to the increase in the sales of product and services during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

General and administrative expenses increased $3.4 million, or 25.8%, to $16.6 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 compared to prior year, due to the higher travel and other expenses associated with the increase in sales and support personnel, higher rent and depreciation expenses related to acquisitions.

Segment earnings. As a result of the foregoing, segment earnings increased $4.7 million, or 17.6%, to $31.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2012.

36

Financing Segment

The results of operations for our financing segment for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2012		2011		Change
Financing revenue	$	30,899	$	35,367	$	(4,468	)	(12.6	%)
Fee and other income		2,276		2,460		(184	)	(7.5	%)
Total revenues		33,175		37,827		(4,652	)	(12.3	%)
Direct lease costs		8,508		9,212		(704	)	(7.6	%)
Professional and other fees		1,461		1,369		92		6.7	%
Salaries and benefits		9,947		9,541		406		4.3	%
General and administrative		3,872		1,461		2,411		165.0	%
Interest and financing costs		1,337		2,480		(1,143	)	(46.1	%)
Total costs and expenses		25,125		24,063		1,062		4.4	%
Segment earnings	$	8,050	$	13,764	$	(5,714	)	(41.5	%)

Total revenues. Total revenues decreased by $4.7 million, or 12.3%, to $33.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 due to a decrease in financing revenue and fee and other income revenue.

Financing revenue generally falls into two categories: portfolio income, which consists of earnings on notes, direct financing leases, operating leases and other renewal rent, and transactional income, which consists of sales of financing receivables and leased equipment. For the year ended March 31, 2012, financing revenue decreased $4.5 million, or 12.6%, due to a decrease in portfolio income of $2.7 million as a result of a decrease in our average investment in direct financing and sales-type leases during the year combined with a lower earnings rate on the portfolio. For the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, we originated $162.3 million and $135.5 million, respectively. Our investments in notes and leases increased as of March 31, 2012 to $140.3 million from $123.5 million in the prior year, which was due to additional investments made during the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

Total costs and expenses. Total costs and expenses increased $1.1 million, or 4.4%, primarily due to increases in general and administrative costs, which increased $2.4 million, or 165.1%, to $3.9 million. The increase in general and administrative costs is primarily due to an increase in our reserve for credit losses of $2.9 million of which a significant portion is due to a specific customer, which filed for bankruptcy in May 2012. Our financing segment employed 56 people as of March 31, 2012 which decreased from 63 people employed as of March 31, 2011.

Offsetting this increase was a decrease in interest and financing costs by $1.1 million or 46.1% to $1.3 million during the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to $2.5 million during the prior year. This decrease is primarily due to lower non-recourse note balances as well as lower interest rates. Non-recourse notes payable decreased 11.0% to $26.3 million at March 31, 2012 as compared to $29.6 million at March 31, 2011; this was partially offset by the addition of $1.7 million in recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2012. There was no recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2011.

Segment earnings. As a result of the foregoing, segment earnings decreased $5.7 million, or 41.5%, to $8.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2012

Consolidated

Income taxes. Our provision for income taxes decreased $0.6 million or 3.8% to $16.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2012. Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were 41.0% and 41.5%, respectively. The decrease in effective income tax rate is primarily due to a change in state apportionment factors and a decrease in the reserve for uncertain tax positions.

Net earnings. Net earnings were $23.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2012, a decrease of 1.5% as compared to $23.7 million in the prior fiscal year.

37

Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share were $2.82 and $2.79, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2012. Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share were $2.83 and $2.78, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2011.

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2012,were 8,002,191 and 8,095,192 and for the year ended March 31, 2011 were 8,200,557, and 8,352,921, respectively.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity Overview

Our primary sources of liquidity have historically been cash and cash equivalents, internally generated funds from operations, and borrowings, both non-recourse and recourse. We have used those funds to meet our capital requirements, which have historically consisted primarily of working capital for operational needs, capital expenditures, purchases of equipment for lease, payments of principal and interest on indebtedness outstanding, acquisitions and the repurchase of shares of our common stock. In December 2012, our Board of Directors declared and paid a special cash dividend of $2.50 per common share.

Our subsidiary ePlus Technology, inc., part of our technology segment, finances its operations with funds generated from operations, and with a credit facility with GE Capital, Commercial Distribution Finance (“GECDF”), which is described in more detail below. There are two components of this facility: (1) a floor plan component; and (2) an accounts receivable component. After a customer places a purchase order with us and we have completed our credit check, we place an order for the equipment with one of our vendors. Generally, most purchase orders from us to our vendors are first financed under the floor plan component and reflected in “accounts payable—floor plan” in our consolidated balance sheets. Payments on the floor plan component are due on three specified dates each month, ranging from 15 to 60 days from the invoice date. On the due date of the invoices financed by the floor plan component, the invoices are paid by the accounts receivable component of the credit facility. The balance of the accounts receivable component is then reduced by payments from our available cash. The outstanding balance under the accounts receivable component is recorded as recourse notes payable on our consolidated balance sheets. There was no outstanding balance at March 31, 2013 or March 31, 2012, while the maximum credit limit was $30.0 million for both periods. The borrowings and repayments under the floor plan component are reflected as “net borrowings on floor plan facility” in the cash flows from financing activities section of our consolidated statements of cash flows.

Most customer payments in our technology segment are remitted to our lockboxes. Once payments are cleared, the monies in the lockbox accounts are automatically transferred to our operating account on a daily basis via a three-party lockbox agreement between us, GECDF and our bank. This agreement grants GECDF security interest in the lockbox accounts and the ability to route cleared funds from the accounts directly to GECDF to pay down the accounts receivable portion of the facility should we begin to carry a balance on the accounts receivable facility. We engage in this payment structure in order to minimize our interest expense and bank fees in connection with financing the operations of our technology segment.

We believe that cash on hand, and funds generated from operations, together with available credit under our credit facility, will be sufficient to finance our working capital, capital expenditures and other requirements for at least the next twelve calendar months.

Our working capital generally fluctuates as a result of changes in demand for our products and services; however, specific changes in certain elements of working capital may not coincide with changes in other elements of our financial statements. For example, our accounts receivable balance may change by more or less than the change in our revenues, as there are variables impacting accounts receivable that may not impact revenues, such as the amount of third-party software assurance, maintenance and services invoiced, for which revenues are presented on a net basis, or significant changes in our deferred revenues. During the year ended March 31, 2013, the increases in accounts receivable, accounts payable – trade, and deferred revenues, were generally consistent with our increase in revenues. The increase in accounts receivables are not the result of changes in payment terms or slowed collections from our customers.

Our ability to continue to fund our planned growth, both internally and externally, is dependent upon our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or to obtain additional funds through equity or debt financing, or from other sources of financing, as may be required. While at this time we do not anticipate requiring any additional sources of financing to fund operations, if demand for IT products declines, our cash flows from operations may be substantially affected.

38

Cash Flows

 The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash over the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	41,270		$	(21,596	)	$	(9,398	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(12,658	)		(38,223	)		(11,100	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(9,667	)		17,846			11,171
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(3	)		(5	)		6
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	18,942		$	(41,978	)	$	(9,321	)

Cash flows from operating activities. Cash used in operating activities totaled $41.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in net earnings to $34.8 million, a decrease in investment in direct financing and sale-type leases of $18.2 million, increase in depreciation and amortization expenses of $12.2 million, and decrease in inventories-net of $8.8 million. Partially offsetting the cash provided by operating activities are increase in accounts receivable-net of $17.8 million and decrease in accounts payable-equipment of $11.7 million.

Cash used in operating activities totaled $21.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable of $50.4 million, increase inventories of $13.8 million and net investments in direct financing and sales-type leases of $12.1 million. In addition, salaries and commissions payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities also decreased by $10.5 million as we have less deferred revenue related to bundled hardware and services arrangement. These increases in cash used are due to a significant increase in sales over the previous fiscal year. Partially offsetting the cash used was a decrease in other assets of $20.1 million mainly due to lower deferred costs and prepaid taxes, and increases of accounts payable-equipment and accounts payable-trade of $9.7 million and $10.2 million, respectively, as a result of increased sales.

Cash used in operating activities totaled $9.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2011, resulted primarily from a decrease in accounts payable—equipment of $33.6 million as we paid for equipment associated with leases and an increase of $11.3 million related to accounts receivable-net. This decrease was partially offset by a decrease of $13.5 million in increase in investment in direct financing and sale-type leases-net, and $8.7 million increase in salaries and commissions payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Cash flows from investing activities. Cash used in investing activities were $12.7 million during the year ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to cash used in purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment of $15.6 million and net issuance of notes receivable of $5.3 million, partially offset by net maturity of short-term investments of $6.4 million.

Cash used in investing activities were $38.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to cash used in acquisitions of $11.8 million, purchase of property, equipment and operating lease equipment of $7.7 million, increase in short-term investments of $7.4 million, and the net issuance of notes receivable of $13.5 million. This use of cash was offset by proceeds from sales of property, equipment and operating lease equipment of $2.2 million.

Cash used in investing activities were $11.1 million during the year ended March 31, 2011, primarily driven by purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment of $13.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from sale or disposal of operating lease equipment of $4.2 million.

Cash flows from financing activities. Cash used in financing activities was $9.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2013, mostly driven by dividends paid of $20.1 million and net repayments on floor plan facility of $19.7 million. This cash used is partially offset by net borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable of $29.6 million. Cash provided by financing activities were $17.8 million and $11.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which was driven by borrowings of recourse and non-recourse notes payable and net borrowings from our floor plan facility.

39

Non-Cash Activities

We assign lease payments to third-party financial institutions, which are accounted for as non-recourse notes payable financing activities. As a condition to the assignment agreement, certain financial institutions may request that the lessee remit their lease payments to a trust; rather than to us, and the trust pays the financial institution. Alternatively, if the structure of the agreement does not require a trustee, the lessee will continue to make payments to us, and we will remit the payment to the financial institution. The economic impact to us under either assignment structure is similar, in that the assigned lease receivable is paid by the lessee and remitted to the lender to pay down the corresponding non-recourse notes payable. However, these assignment structures are classified differently within our consolidated statements of cash flows. More specifically, we are required to exclude non-cash transactions from our consolidated statement of cash flows, so lease payments made by the lessee to the trust are excluded from our operating cash receipts and the corresponding repayment of the non-recourse notes payable from the trust to the third-party financial institution are excluded from our cash flows from financing activities. Given the assignment of lease payments is economically the same regardless of the structure of the payments, we evaluate our cash flows from operating and financing activities as if the assignments of lease payments have been structured without an intermediary.

The non-GAAP financial measure for our cash flows from operating activities for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012			2011
GAAP: net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	41,270	$	(21,596	)	$	(9,398	)
Principal payments from lessees directly to lenders		15,872		15,671			27,397
Non-GAAP: adjusted net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	57,142	$	(5,925	)	$	17,999

The non-GAAP financial measure for our cash flows from financing activities for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
GAAP: net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	$	(9,667	)	$	17,846		$	11,171
Principal payments from lessees directly to lenders		(15,872	)		(15,671	)		(27,397	)
Non-GAAP: adjusted net cash used in financing activities	$	(25,539	)	$	2,175		$	(16,226	)

A “non-GAAP financial measure” is a numerical measure of a company’s historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding amounts, that are included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in the statement of income, balance sheet or statement of cash flows of the company; or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of including amounts, that are excluded from the most directly comparable measure so calculated and presented. We use the financial measures in internal evaluation and management of our business. We believe that these measures and the information they provide are useful to investors because they permit investors to view our performance using the same tools that we use to evaluate our ongoing business performance. These measures should not be considered an alternative to measurements required by GAAP, such as net income and earnings per share. These non-GAAP measures are unlikely to be comparable to non-GAAP information provided by other companies.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Recourse and non-recourse notes payable financing activities may provide approximately 80% to 100% of the purchase price of the equipment we purchase for leases to our customers. Any balance of the purchase price remaining after recourse and non-recourse funding and any upfront payments received from the lessee (our equity investment in the equipment) must generally be financed by cash flows from our operations, the sale of the equipment leased to third parties, or other internal means. Although we expect that the credit quality of our leases and our residual return history will continue to allow us to obtain financing, such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

The financing necessary to support our leasing activities has been provided by our cash and recourse and non-recourse borrowings. We monitor our exposure closely. Historically, we have obtained recourse and non-recourse borrowings from banks and finance companies. We continue to be able to obtain financing through our traditional lending sources. Non-recourse financings are loans whose repayment is the responsibility of a specific customer, although we may make representations and warranties to the lender regarding the specific contract or have ongoing loan servicing obligations. Under a non-recourse loan, we borrow from a lender an amount based on the present value of the contractually committed lease payments under the lease at a fixed rate of interest, and the lender secures a lien on the financed assets.

40

When the lender is fully repaid from the lease payments, the lien is released and all further rental or sale proceeds are ours. We generally are not liable for the repayment of non-recourse loans unless we breach our representations and warranties in the loan agreements. The lender assumes the credit risk of each lease, and the lender’s only recourse, upon default by the lessee, is against the lessee and the specific equipment under lease. At March 31, 2013, our non-recourse notes payable portfolio increased 52.9% to $40.3 million, as compared to $26.3 million at March 31, 2012. Our recourse notes payable decreased by $243 thousand to $1.5 million in recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2013, compared to $1.7 million in recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2012.

Whenever desirable, we arrange for equity investment financing, which includes selling lease payments, including the residual portions, to third parties and financing the equity investment on a non-recourse basis. We generally retain customer control and operational services, and have minimal residual risk. We usually reserve the right to share in remarketing proceeds of the equipment on a subordinated basis after the investor has received an agreed-to return on its investment.

Credit Facility — Technology

Our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., has a financing facility from GECDF to finance its working capital requirements for inventories and accounts receivable. There are two components of this facility: (1) a floor plan component; and (2) an accounts receivable component.  This facility has full recourse to ePlus Technology, inc. and is secured by a blanket lien against all its assets, such as chattel paper, receivables and inventory.  As of March 31, 2013, the facility had an aggregate limit of the two components of $175.0 million with an accounts receivable sub-limit of $30.0 million. The credit facility with GECDF was amended and restated in July 2012 which increased the credit limit from $125 million to $175 million and modified the covenants, interest rate and other requirements within the facility.

The credit facility has full recourse to ePlus Technology, inc. and is secured by a blanket lien against all its assets, such as receivables and inventory. Availability under the facility may be limited by the asset value of equipment we purchase or accounts receivable, and may be further limited by certain covenants and terms and conditions of the facility. These covenants include but are not limited to a minimum excess availability of the facility and minimum earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of ePlus Technology, inc. We were in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2013. In addition, the facility restricts the ability of ePlus Technology, inc. to transfer funds to its affiliates in the form of dividends, loans or advances with certain exceptions for dividends to ePlus inc.  Interest on the facility is assessed at a rate of the One Month LIBOR plus two and one half percent if the payments are not made on the three specified dates each month. The facility also requires that financial statements of ePlus Technology, inc. be provided within 45 days of each quarter and 90 days of each fiscal year end and also requires other operational reports be provided on a regular basis. Either party may terminate the facility with 90 days advance written notice.

We are not, and do not believe that we are reasonably likely to be, in breach of the GECDF credit facility. In addition, we do not believe that the covenants of the GECDF credit facility materially limit our ability to undertake financing.  In this regard, the covenants apply only to our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc. This credit facility is secured by the assets of only ePlus Technology, inc. and the guaranty as described below.

The facility provided by GECDF requires a guaranty of $10.5 million by ePlus inc. The guaranty requires ePlus inc. to deliver its annual audited financial statements by a certain date. We have delivered the annual audited financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2012, as required. The loss of the GECDF credit facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology segment and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

Floor Plan Component

The traditional business of ePlus Technology, inc. as a seller of computer technology, related peripherals and software products, is in part financed through a floor plan component in which interest expense for the first fifteen to forty-five days, in general, is not charged. The floor plan liabilities are recorded as accounts payable—floor plan on our consolidated balance sheets, as they are normally repaid within the fifteen to forty-five-day time frame and represent an assigned accounts payable originally generated with the manufacturer/distributor. If the payment is not paid timely, interest is then assessed at stated contractual rates.

The respective floor plan component credit limits and actual outstanding balance payables for the dates indicated were as follows (in thousands):

Maximum Credit Limit at March 31, 2013	Balance as of  March 31, 2013	Maximum Credit Limit at March 31, 2012	Balance as of  March 31, 2012
$175,000	$66,251	$125,000	$85,911

41

Accounts Receivable Component

Included within the credit facility, ePlus Technology, inc. has an accounts receivable component from GECDF, which has a revolving line of credit. On the due date of the invoices financed by the floor plan component, the invoices are paid by the accounts receivable component of the credit facility. The balance of the accounts receivable component is then reduced by payments from our available cash. The outstanding balance under the accounts receivable component is recorded as recourse notes payable on our consolidated balance sheets. There was no balance outstanding for the accounts receivable component at March 31, 2013 or March 31, 2012, while the maximum credit limit was $30.0 million for both periods.

Credit Facility — General

First Virginia Community Bank, (formerly 1st Commonwealth Bank of Virginia), provides us with a $0.5 million credit facility, which will mature on October 26, 2013. This credit facility is available for us and our affiliates and is full recourse to us. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at Wall Street Journal U.S. Prime rate plus 1%. The primary purpose of the facility is to provide letters of credit for landlords, taxing authorities and bids. As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, we had no outstanding balance on this credit facility.

Performance Guarantees

In the normal course of business, we may provide certain customers with performance guarantees, which are generally backed by surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for the amount of these guarantees in the event of default in the performance of our obligations. We are in compliance with the performance obligations under all service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee, and we believe that any liability incurred in connection with these guarantees would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, we were not involved in any unconsolidated special purpose entity transactions.

Adequacy of Capital Resources

The continued implementation of our business strategy will require a significant investment in both resources and managerial focus. In addition, we may selectively acquire other companies that have attractive customer relationships and skilled sales forces. We may also start offices in new geographic areas, which may require a significant investment of cash. We may also acquire technology companies to expand and enhance the platform of bundled solutions to provide additional functionality and value-added services. As a result, we may require additional financing to fund our strategy, implementation and potential future acquisitions, which may include additional debt and equity financing.

Inflation

For the periods presented herein, inflation has been relatively low and we believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations.

42

Future Contractual Obligations

The impact that our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2013 are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods is as follows (in thousands):

			Payments Due by Period
	Total		1 year		Years 2 & 3		Years 4 & 5		More than 5 years
Recourse & non-recourse notes payable (1)	$	41,739	$	22,559	$	13,516	$	5,664	$	-
Operating lease obligations (2)		6,809		3,347		2,818		644		-
Total	$	48,548	$	25,906	$	16,334	$	6,308	$	-

(1) Non-recourse notes payable obligations in which the specific lease receivable payments have been assigned to the lender.   Payments reflected principal amounts related to the recourse and non-recourse notes payable.

(2) Rental and services obligations

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Although a substantial portion of our liabilities are non-recourse, fixed-interest-rate instruments, we utilize our lines of credit and other financing facilities which are subject to fluctuations in short-term interest rates. These instruments, which are denominated in U.S. dollars, were entered into for other than trading purposes and, with the exception of amounts drawn under the GECDF facility, bear interest at a fixed rate. Because the interest rate on these instruments is fixed, changes in interest rates will not directly impact our cash flows. Borrowings under the GECDF facility bear interest at a market-based variable rate. As of March 31, 2013, the aggregate fair value of our recourse and non-recourse borrowings approximated their carrying value.

We have operations in Canada and Iceland. As such, we have entered into lease contracts and non-recourse, fixed-interest-rate financing denominated in Canadian dollars and Icelandic krona. To date, our Canadian and Icelandic operations have been insignificant and we believe that potential fluctuations in currency exchange rates will not have a material effect on our financial position.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See the consolidated financial statements and schedules listed in the accompanying “Index to Financial Statements and Schedules.”

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and our Chief Financial Officer ("CFO"), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, or “disclosure controls,” as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Disclosure controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Form 10-K annual report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our disclosure controls include some, but not all, components of our internal control over financial reporting.

43

Based on the evaluation described above, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2013 were effective in ensuring information required to be disclosed in our SEC reports was recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information was accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). This system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Our management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, utilizing the criteria described in the “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The objective of this assessment was to determine whether our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2013.

Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment. Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of March 31, 2013, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K , has also audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as stated in its report appearing on page F-3.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2013, which have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system cannot provide absolute assurance due to its inherent limitations; it is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. A control system also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of such limitations, disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting cannot prevent or detect all misstatements, whether unintentional errors or fraud. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process; therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

44

PART III

Except as set forth below, the information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information about our directors may be found under the caption “Proposals – Proposal 1 – Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”). The information in the Proxy Statement set forth under the captions of “Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance, Related Person Transactions and Indemnification”, “Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Corporate Governance” is incorporated herein by reference.

The information under the heading “Executive Officers” in Item 1 of this report is incorporated in this section by reference.

Code of Ethics

We have a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and our Board. The Standard of Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Officers and Directors of ePlus inc. is available on our website at www.ePlus.com/ethics. We will disclose on our website any amendments to or waivers from any provision of the Standard of Conduct and Ethics that applies to any of the directors or officers.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information in the Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Directors’ Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information in the Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation – Equity Compensation Plan Information,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership by Management” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information in the Proxy Statement set forth under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance, Related Person Transactions and Indemnification” and “Corporate Governance” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information in the Proxy Statement set forth under the caption “Proposals – Proposal 3 – Ratification of the appointment of Deloitte and Touche LLP as our independent auditors for our fiscal year ending March 31, 2014” is incorporated herein by reference.

45

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying Index to Financial Statements and Schedules are filed as a part of this report and incorporated herein by reference.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule

See "Financial Statement Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts" on page S-1.

(a)(3) Exhibit List

Exhibits 10.2 through 10.25 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
3.1	ePlus inc. Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed on September 19, 2008 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2008).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of ePlus amended as of April 18, 2012, (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 20, 2012).
4	Specimen Certificate of Common Stock (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-11737) originally filed on September 11, 1996).
10.1	Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between ePlus and its directors and officers (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-11737) originally filed on September 11, 1996).
10.2	Employment Agreement dated September 27, 2011 between ePlus inc. and Phillip G. Norton (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 28, 2011).
10.3	Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2012 by and between ePlus inc. and Phillip G. Norton (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2012).
10.4	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2012 between ePlus and Bruce M. Bowen (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2012).
10.5	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2012 between ePlus and Mark P. Marron (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2012).
10.6	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2012 between ePlus and Steven J. Mencarini (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2012).
10.7	Employment Agreement effective August 1, 2012 between ePlus and Elaine D. Marion (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2012).
10.8	Amended and Restated 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2003).
10.9	2008 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for the period ended December 31, 2012.
10.10	2008 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2008).

46

10.11	Form of Award Agreement – Incentive Stock Options (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2008).
10.12	Form of Award Agreement – Nonqualified Stock Options (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2008).
10.13	Form of Award Agreement – Restricted Stock Awards (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2008).
10.14	Form of Award Agreement – Restricted Stock Units (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2008).
10.15	Form of Award Agreement – Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for awards granted on or after September 23, 2011) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 26, 2011)
10.16	Form of Award Agreement – Restricted Stock Agreement (director quarterly grants only for awards granted on or after September 23, 2011) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 26, 2011)
10.17	Form of Award Agreement – Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for awards granted on or after September 23, 2011) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 26, 2011)
10.18	ePlus inc. Supplemental Benefit Plan for Bruce M. Bowen (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2005).
10.19	ePlus inc. Supplemental Benefit Plan for Steven J. Mencarini (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2005).
10.20	ePlus inc. Form of Supplemental Benefit Plan Participation Election Form (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2005).
10.21	Form of Amendment to ePlus inc. Supplemental Benefit Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 12, 2008).
10.22	ePlus inc. Executive Incentive Plan effective April 1, 2011 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2011).
10.23	ePlus inc. 2012 Employee Long-term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2012).
10.24	Form of Award Agreement – Restricted Stock Agreement (for awards granted under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2012 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan)
10.25	Form of Award Agreement – Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for awards granted under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2012 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan)
10.28	Limited Guaranty dated June 24, 2004 between GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation and ePlus inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2005).
10.29	Collateral Guaranty dated March 30, 2004 between GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation and ePlus Group, inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2005).
10.30	Amendment to Collateralized Guaranty dated November 14, 2005 between GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation and ePlus Group, inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2005).
10.42	Amended and restated Business Financing Agreement dated July 23, 2012 between General Electric Commercial Distribution Finance and ePlus Technology, inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K files on July 26, 2012).

47

10.43	Amended and Restated Agreement for Wholesale Financing dated July 23, 2012 between General Electric Commercial Distribution Finance and ePlus Technology, inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K files on July 26, 2012).
10.44	Deed of Lease by and between ePlus inc. and Norton Building I, LLC dated as of December 23, 2004 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004).
10.45	Amendment #1 to Deed of Lease by and between ePlus inc. and Norton Building I, LLC, dated as of July 1, 2007.
10.46	Amendment #2 to Deed of Lease by and between ePlus inc. and Norton Building I, LLC, dated as of June 18, 2009 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2009).
10.47	Amendment #3 to Deed of Lease by and between ePlus inc. and Norton Building I, LLC, dated as of June 22, 2010 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 31, 2010).
21	Subsidiaries of ePlus
23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of ePlus inc.
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of ePlus inc.
32	Section 1350 certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of ePlus inc.

(b) See item 15(a)(3) above.

(c) See Item 15(a)(1) and 15(a)(2) above.

48

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ePlus inc.

/s/ PHILLIP G. NORTON

By: Phillip G. Norton, Chairman of the Board,

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: June 5, 2013

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ PHILLIP G. NORTON

By: Phillip G. Norton, Chairman of the Board,

President, Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ BRUCE M. BOWEN

By: Bruce M. Bowen, Director and Executive

Vice President

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

By: Elaine D. Marion, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ C. THOMAS FAULDERS, III

By: C. Thomas Faulders, III, Director

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ TERRENCE O’DONNELL

By: Terrence O’Donnell, Director

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ LAWRENCE S. HERMAN

By: Lawrence S. Herman, Director

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ MILTON E. COOPER, JR.

By: Milton E. Cooper, Jr., Director

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ ERIC D. HOVDE

By: Eric D. Hovde, Director

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ JOHN CALLIES

By: John E. Callies, Director

Date: June 5, 2013

49

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

	PAGE
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-10

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

ePlus inc.

Herndon, Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June 5, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

June 5, 2013

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

ePlus inc.

Herndon, Virginia

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 of the Company and our report dated June 5, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

June 5, 2013

F-3

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	As of			As of
	March 31, 2013			March 31, 2012
ASSETS	(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	52,720		$	33,778
Short-term investments		982			7,396
Accounts receivable—net		192,254			174,599
Notes receivable—net		31,893			24,337
Inventories—net		14,795			23,514
Investment in leases and leased equipment—net		90,710			115,974
Property and equipment—net		2,213			2,086
Deferred costs		10,234			9,391
Other assets		9,107			9,094
Goodwill and other intangible assets		32,964			33,519
TOTAL ASSETS	$	437,872		$	433,688
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
LIABILITIES
Accounts payable—equipment	$	5,379		$	17,268
Accounts payable—trade		31,331			26,719
Accounts payable—floor plan		66,251			85,911
Salaries and commissions payable		12,911			9,500
Deferred revenue		16,970			15,935
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		20,264			24,887
Recourse notes payable		1,484			1,727
Non-recourse notes payable		40,255			26,328
Deferred tax liability		4,795			5,786
Total Liabilities		199,640			214,061
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  (Note 8)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding		-			-
Common stock, $.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 12,899,386 issued and 8,149,706 outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 12,692,224 issued and 7,999,895 outstanding at March 31, 2012		129			127
Additional paid-in capital		99,641			93,545
Treasury stock, at cost, 4,749,680 and 4,692,329 shares, respectively		(67,306	)		(65,416	)
Retained earnings		205,358			190,906
Accumulated other comprehensive income—foreign currency  translation adjustment		410			465
Total Stockholders' Equity		238,232			219,627
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$	437,872		$	433,688

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(amounts in thousands, except shares and per share data)
Sales of product and services	$	936,228	$	784,951	$	672,303
Financing revenue		38,384		30,899		35,367
Fee and other income		8,500		9,731		10,720
Patent settlement income		-		-		125
TOTAL REVENUES		983,112		825,581		718,515
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales, product and services		767,447		645,558		551,860
Direct lease costs		10,892		8,508		9,212
		778,339		654,066		561,072
Professional and other fees		13,098		11,744		15,383
Salaries and benefits		110,963		98,268		84,247
General and administrative expenses		20,099		20,499		14,681
Interest and financing costs		1,868		1,430		2,564
		146,028		131,941		116,875
TOTAL COSTS AND EXPENSES		924,367		786,007		677,947
EARNINGS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		58,745		39,574		40,568
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		23,915		16,207		16,841
NET EARNINGS	$	34,830	$	23,367	$	23,727
NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE—BASIC	$	4.37	$	2.82	$	2.83
NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE—DILUTED	$	4.32	$	2.79	$	2.78
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING—BASIC		7,809,938		8,002,191		8,200,577
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING—DILUTED		7,902,871		8,095,192		8,352,921

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
NET EARNINGS	$	34,830		$	23,367		$	23,727
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(55	)		(54	)		98
Other comprehensive (loss) income		(55	)		(54	)		98
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	$	34,775		$	23,313		$	23,825

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net earnings	$	34,830		$	23,367		$	23,727
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		12,168			9,365			9,972
Reserves for credit losses, inventory obsolescence and sales returns		(192	)		3,244			303
Share-based compensation expense		3,283			2,392			1,258
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options		(1,648	)		(740	)		(601	)
Tax benefit of stock options exercised		-			-			761
Deferred taxes		(991	)		1,413			2,424
Payments from lessees directly to lenders—operating leases		(5,567	)		(4,371	)		(5,184	)
Gain on disposal of property, equipment and operating lease equipment		(946	)		(1,303	)		(1,038	)
Gain on sale of notes receivable		(2,997	)		(2,915	)		-
Excess increase in cash value of life insurance		(107	)		(160	)		(69	)
Other		15			(208	)		-
Changes in:
Accounts receivable—net		(17,840	)		(50,430	)		(11,330	)
Notes receivable		550			(4,969	)		(3,871	)
Inventories—net		8,764			(13,775	)		118
Investment in direct financing and sale-type leases—net		18,213			(12,117	)		13,544
Deferred costs, other intangible assets, and other assets		(479	)		20,126			(10,951	)
Accounts payable—equipment		(11,708	)		9,735			(33,644	)
Accounts payable—trade		4,568			10,218			(3,490	)
Salaries and commissions payable, deferred revenue and accrued expenses and other liabilities		1,354			(10,468	)		8,673
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	41,270		$	(21,596	)		(9,398	)
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	$	1,923		$	2,176		$	4,208
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment		(15,584	)		(7,655	)		(13,401	)
Purchases of short-term investments		(1,233	)		(7,396	)		-
Maturities of short-term investments		7,647			-			-
Issuance of notes receivable		(87,859	)		(65,678	)		-
Repayments of notes receivable		26,913			16,713			-
Proceeds from sale or transfer of notes receivable		55,663			35,487			-
Premiums paid on life insurance		(128	)		(65	)		(146	)
Cash used in acquisition, net of cash acquired		-			(11,805	)		(1,761	)
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(12,658	)	$	(38,223	)	$	(11,100	)

F-7

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - continued

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in thousands)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	$	32,746		$	14,137		$	9,192
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable		(3,105	)		(3	)		(5,881	)
Repurchase of common stock		(1,890	)		(19,418	)		(2,652	)
Dividends paid		(20,100	)		-			-
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock through option exercise		1,167			623			3,679
Payments of contingent consideration		(473	)		-			-
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation		1,648			740			601
Net (repayment) borrowings on floor plan facility		(19,660	)		21,767			6,232
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(9,667	)		17,846			11,171
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(3	)		(5	)		6
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents		18,942			(41,978	)		(9,321	)
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period		33,778			75,756			85,077
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period	$	52,720		$	33,778		$	75,756
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid for interest	$	26		$	21		$	27
Cash paid for income taxes	$	24,200		$	11,990		$	15,220
Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts payable	$	138		$	95		$	49
Purchase of operating lease equipment included in accounts payable	$	175		$	-		$	10
Sales of operating lease equipment included in accounts receivable	$	34		$	495		$	-
Principal payments from lessees directly to lenders	$	15,872		$	15,671		$	27,397
Vesting of share-based compensation	$	4,648		$	2,216		$	1,239
Contingent consideration	$	-		$	1,500		$	-
Dividends declared included in accrued expenses and other liabilities	$	278		$	-		$	-

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-8

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(amounts in thousands, except shares data)

														Accumulated
						Additional								Other
	Common Stock					Paid-In		Treasury			Retained			Comprehensive
	Shares			Par Value		Capital		Stock			Earnings			Income			Total
Balance, April 1, 2010		8,123,508		$	119	$	84,100	$	(43,346	)	$	143,812		$	421		$	185,106
Issuance of shares for option exercises and vesting of restricted shares		272,300			3		3,676		-			-			-			3,679
Excess tax benefit of share based compensation					-		761								-			761
Effect of share-based compensation, net of forfeitures		267,390			3		1,255		-			-			-			1,258
Purchase of treasury stock		(144,009	)		-		-		(2,652	)		-			-			(2,652	)
Comprehensive income, net of tax:
Net earnings		-			-		-					23,727			-			23,727
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of tax of $2)		-			-		-		-			-			98			98
Total comprehensive income																		23,825
Balance, March 31, 2011		8,519,189		$	125	$	89,792	$	(45,998	)	$	167,539		$	519		$	211,977
Issuance of shares for option exercises and vesting of restricted shares		83,900			1		621		-			-			-			622
Excess tax benefit of share based compensation		-			-		740		-			-			-			740
Effect of share-based compensation, net of forfeitures		151,505			1		2,392		-			-			-			2,393
Purchase of treasury stock		(754,699	)		-		-		(19,418	)		-			-			(19,418	)
Net earnings		-			-		-		-			23,367			-			23,367
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of tax of $1)		-			-		-		-			-			(54	)		(54	)
Total comprehensive income																		23,313
Balance, March 31, 2012		7,999,895		$	127	$	93,545	$	(65,416	)	$	190,906		$	465		$	219,627
Issuance of shares for option exercises and vesting of restricted shares		105,000			1		1,166		-			-			-			1,167
Excess tax benefit of share based compensation		-			-		1,648		-			-			-			1,648
Effect of share-based compensation, net of forfeitures		102,162			1		3,282		-			-			-			3,283
Purchase of treasury stock		(57,351	)		-		-		(1,890	)		-			-			(1,890	)
Dividends declared		-			-		-		-			(20,378	)		-			(20,378	)
Net earnings		-			-		-		-			34,830			-			34,830
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of tax of $1)		-			-		-		-			-			(55	)		(55	)
Total comprehensive income																		34,775
Balance, March 31, 2013		8,149,706		$	129	$	99,641	$	(67,306	)	$	205,358		$	410		$	238,232

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-9

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — Our company was founded in 1990 and is a Delaware corporation. ePlus inc. is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” or “ePlus.” The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of businesses acquired during fiscal years 2012 and 2011 are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, reserves for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — The majority of our revenues are derived from the following sources: sales of products, sales of third-party software, sales of services provided by us, sale of third-party maintenance and services, financing revenues and sales of our software. For all these revenue sources, we determine whether we are the principal or agent in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) Topic, Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Principal Agent Considerations. Our revenue recognition policies vary based upon these revenue sources.

Sales of Product and Services

Generally, sales of third-party product and software are recognized when the title and risk of loss are passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Using these tests, the vast majority of our product sales are recognized upon delivery due to our sales terms with our customers and with our vendors. For proper cutoff, we estimate the product delivered to our customers at the end of each quarter based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical delivery dates.

We also sell services that we perform in conjunction with product sales, and recognize revenue for these sales in accordance with the guidance from Codification Topic Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Multiple Elements Arrangements. Accordingly, we recognize sales from delivered items only when:

· the delivered services have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and

· delivery of the undelivered service is probable and substantially under our control.

For these “bundled arrangements”, we allocate the total arrangement consideration to the deliverables based on an estimated selling price of our products and services. We determine the estimated selling price using cost plus a reasonable margin for each deliverable, which was based on our established policies for providing customers with quotes, as well as historical gross margins for our products and services. Revenue from the sales of products is generally recognized upon delivery to the customers and revenue for the services is generally recognized when the services are complete, which normally occurs within 90 to 120 days after the products are delivered to the customer.

We sell software assurance, maintenance and service contracts where the services are performed by a third-party. Software assurance is a maintenance product that allows customers to upgrade at no additional cost to the latest technology if new applications are introduced during the period that the software assurance is in effect. As we enter into contracts with third-party service providers, we evaluate whether we are acting as a principal or agent in the transaction. As our customers are aware that the third-party service provider is to provide the services to them and that we are not responsible for the day-to-day provision of services in these arrangements, we concluded that we are acting as an agent and recognize revenue on a net basis at the date of sale. Under net sales recognition, the cost paid to the third-party service provider or vendor is recorded as a reduction to sales of product and services.

We present freight billed to our customers within sales of product and services, and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales, product and services.

F-10

Financing Revenue

We lease products to customers generally that are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic, Leases. In connection with those leases, we may also finance third-party software and services for our customers, which are classified as notes receivable. The terms of the notes receivable are often similar to the terms of the leases of computer hardware; that is, receivables are interest bearing and are often due over a period of time that corresponds with the terms of the leased computer hardware.

The accounting for investments in leases and leased equipment is different depending on the type of lease. Each lease is classified as either a direct financing lease, sales-type lease, or operating lease, as appropriate.  If a lease meets one or more of the following four criteria, the lease is classified as either a sales-type or direct financing lease; otherwise, it will be classified as an operating lease:

· the lease transfers ownership of the property to the lessee by the end of the lease term;

· the lease contains a bargain purchase option;

· the lease term is equal to 75 percent or more of the estimated economic life of the leased property; or

· the present value at the beginning of the lease term of the minimum lease payments equals or exceeds 90 percent of the fair value of the leased property at the inception of the lease.

Revenue on direct financing and sales-type leases is deferred at the inception of the leases and is recognized over the term of the lease using the interest method. Revenue from operating leases is recognized ratably on a straight line basis over the term of the lease agreement.

Codification Topic Transfers and Servicing, Subtopic Sales of Financial Assets, establishes criteria for determining whether a transfer of financial assets in exchange for cash or other consideration should be accounted for as a sale or as a pledge of collateral in a secured borrowing. Certain assignments of notes receivable and direct finance and sales-type leases we make on a non-recourse basis meet the criteria for surrender of control set forth by this subtopic and have therefore been treated as sales in our financial results. We recognize a net gain on these transactions, which is included within financing revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.

Revenues on the sales of equipment at the end of a lease are recognized at the date of sale.  The net gain or loss on sales of such equipment is presented within financing revenues in our consolidated statements of operations.

Sales of Software

We recognize revenue for the licensing and hosting of our software in accordance with Codification Topic Software, Subtopic Revenue Recognition.   We recognize revenue when all the following criteria exist:

· there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

· delivery has occurred;

· no significant obligations by us remain, which relate to services essential to the functionality of the software  with regard to implementation;

· the sales price is determinable; and

· it is probable that collection will occur.

The majority of our agreements are fixed term license agreements and the revenue is recognized over the contract term.  Revenue from the sale of a perpetual license is recognized upon installation of the software. We recognize revenue from hosting our proprietary software for our customers over the contract term. Our hosting arrangements do not contain a contractual right to take possession of the software.  Revenue from sales of our software is derived by our technology segment and is included in fee and other income on our consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue from Other Transactions

Other sources of revenue are derived from: (1) income from events that occur after the initial sale of a financial asset; (2) remarketing fees; (3) agent fees received from various manufacturers in the IT reseller business unit; (4) settlement fees related to disputes or litigation; and (5) interest and other miscellaneous income. These revenues are included in fee and other income on our consolidated statements of operations.

F-11

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT — Investments in leases and leased equipment consists of investments in direct financing and sales-type leases and investments in operating leases.

At the inception of our direct financing and sales-type leases, we record the net investment in leases, which consists of the sum of the minimum lease payments, initial direct costs (direct financing leases only), and unguaranteed residual value (gross investment) less the unearned income. For direct financing leases, the difference between the gross investment and the cost of the leased equipment is recorded as unearned income at the inception of the lease. Under sales-type leases, the difference between the fair value and cost of the leased property plus initial direct costs (net margins) is recorded as unearned revenue at the inception of the lease.

At the inception of an operating lease, equipment under operating leases is recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over its useful life to the estimated residual value. The estimated useful lives for equipment under operating leases ranges based on the nature of the equipment. The estimated useful life for information technology equipment is 36 months, while that of medical equipment is between 24 and 36 months.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors, including consideration pursuant to volume sales incentive programs, volume purchase incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities and are primarily formula-based. These programs can be very complex to calculate and, in some cases, targets are estimated based upon historical data.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to volume sales incentive programs is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales, product and services on the consolidated statements of operations in accordance with Codification Topic Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Vendor's Accounting for Consideration Given to a Customer.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to volume purchase incentive programs is allocated to inventory based on the applicable incentives from each vendor and is recorded in cost of sales, product and services, as the inventory is sold.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to shared marketing expense programs is recorded as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program takes place only if the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. Consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs is classified as a reduction of cost of sales, product and services.

RESIDUAL VALUES — Residual values, representing the unguaranteed estimated value of equipment at the termination of a lease, are recorded at the inception of each lease. The estimated residual values vary, both in amount and as a percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, manufacturer's discount, market conditions, term of the lease, equipment supply and demand and by new product announcements by manufacturers.

Unguaranteed residual values for direct financing and sales-type leases are recorded at their net present value and the unearned income is amortized over the life of the lease using the interest method. The residual values for operating leases are included in the leased equipment’s net book value.

Residual values are evaluated on a quarterly basis and any impairment, other than temporary, is recorded in the period in which the impairment is determined. No upward revision of residual values is made subsequent to lease inception.

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES — Our receivables consist of accounts and notes receivable and minimum lease payments associated with our investments in direct financing and sales-type leases. We maintain our reserves for credit losses at a level believed to be adequate to absorb potential losses inherent in the respective balances. The reserve for credit losses is increased by provisions for potential credit losses, which increases expenses, and decreased by subsequent recoveries. The reserve for credit losses is decreased by write-offs and reductions to the provision for potential credit losses. Accounts are either written off or written down when the loss is both probable and determinable.

Management’s determination of the adequacy of the reserves for credit losses for accounts and notes receivable is based on the age of the receivable balance, the customer’s credit quality rating, an evaluation of historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. We assign an internal credit quality rating to all new customers and update these ratings regularly, but no less than annually. Also, management regularly reviews the notes receivable portfolio to assess whether any balances should be impaired or placed on nonaccrual status.

F-12

Investments in direct financing and sales-type leases consist of minimum lease payments, estimated unguaranteed residual values, initial direct costs and unearned lease income. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the reserve for credit losses for the minimum lease payments may be based on the following factors: an internally assigned credit quality rating, historical credit loss experience, current economic conditions, volume, growth, the composition of the lease portfolio, the fair value of the underlying collateral, and the funding status (i.e. not funded, funded on a recourse or partial recourse basis, or funded on non-recourse basis). We assign an internal credit quality rating to each customer at the inception of the lease based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We update the internal credit quality rating at least annually or when an indicator of a change in credit quality arises, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy.

RESERVES FOR SALES RETURNS — Sales are reported net of allowances for returns which is maintained at a level believed by management to be adequate to absorb potential returns of sales of product and services in accordance with Codification Topic Revenue, Subtopic Product. Management's determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume and other relevant factors. These determinations require considerable judgment in assessing the ultimate potential for sales returns and include consideration of the type and volume of products and services sold.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term U.S. treasury securities. There were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our market accounts as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS — We consider certificates of deposits with original maturities at the date of acquisition greater than 90 days but less than one year as short-term investments. Interest income is recognized when earned.

NOTES RECEIVABLE — We finance other assets for our customers including software and services, which are accounted for as notes receivable. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method and reported within financing revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average basis) or market and are shown net of allowance for obsolescence of $125 thousand and $112 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment obtained through an acquisition are stated at the fair market value as of the acquisition date. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to ten years. Information Technology hardware is depreciated over three years. Software is depreciated over five years. Furniture and certain fixtures are depreciated over five to ten years. Telephone equipment is depreciated over seven years.

CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE FOR INTERNAL USE — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the guidelines of Codification Topic Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. Software capitalized for internal use was $171 thousand and $600 thousand during the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, and is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other assets. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $766 thousand and $791 thousand at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO CUSTOMERS — In accordance with Codification Topic Software, Subtopic Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, software development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. At such time, such costs are capitalized until the product is made available for release to customers. We capitalized $351 thousand and $116 thousand for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively. We had $642 thousand and $382 thousand of capitalized costs, net of amortization, at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, which is included within other assets in the accompanying balance sheets

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets we have acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is assigned to a reporting unit on the acquisition date. During the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, we made acquisitions for the Technology reporting unit and have assigned goodwill to the Technology reporting unit. We have four reporting units based on the nature of the products and services offered: financing, technology, software procurement, and software document management.

F-13

We review our goodwill for impairment annually in the third quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include a sustained, significant decline in our share price and market capitalization, a decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition, and/or slower growth rates, among others.

We first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors we consider include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company specific events, changes in circumstances, after tax cash flows and market capitalization. If the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform the two step process to assess our goodwill for impairment. First, we compare the fair value of our reporting units with its carrying value. We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit using various valuation methodologies, including discounted expected future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a second test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure the amount of any impairment loss, we determine the fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if our reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that would yield the estimated fair value of goodwill. If the estimated fair value of goodwill is less than the goodwill recorded on our balance sheet, we record an impairment charge for the difference.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS —We review long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and other long term assets for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset. No impairment losses were recorded in the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT—We follow the guidance in Codification Topic Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures which governs fair value accounting for financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be disclosed at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risk inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Topic Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures establishes a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

· Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets;

· Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

· Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants.

This hierarchy requires us to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Our goodwill is subjected to non-recurring fair value measurement. For financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivables, notes receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities.

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. See Note 10, “Stockholders’ Equity” for additional information.

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

F-14

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic Income Taxes. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

EARNINGS PER SHARE—Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common shareholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of “in-the-money” stock options and other common stock equivalents during each period, (further discussed in Note 9 – Earnings Per Share).

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION —We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic Compensation—Stock Compensation. We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight line basis over the requisite service period and we estimate forfeitures based on historical experience. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS —We account for business combinations using the acquisition method in accordance with Codification Topic Business Combinations, which requires that the total purchase price of each of the acquired entities be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and assumed contractual commitments and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value.

Any premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets of the acquired business is recorded as goodwill. We recognize a gain in our income statement to the extent the purchase price is less than the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The results of operations for an acquired company are included in our financial statements from the date of acquisition.

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK—Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, notes receivable and investments in direct financing and sales-type leases. Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are maintained principally with financial institutions in the United States, which have high credit ratings. Risk on accounts receivable, notes receivable and investments in direct financing and sales-type leases is reduced by the large number of diverse industries comprising our customer base and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. Our credit risk is further mitigated through the underlying collateral and whether the lease is funded with recourse or non-recourse notes payable.

A substantial portion of our sales of product and services are from sales of Cisco and Hewlett Packard products, which represented approximately 48% and 11%, respectively, of our technology segment sales of product and services for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 45% and 15%, respectively, of our technology segment sales of product and services for the year ended March 31, 2012 and 40% and 19%, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2011. Any changes in our vendors’ ability to provide products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

For the year ended March 31, 2013, sales to a large telecommunications company were approximately 14% of total revenues, all of which related to our technology segment. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income” (ASU 2011-12), which amended existing guidance by allowing only two options for presenting the components of net income and other comprehensive income: (1) in a single continuous financial statement, statement of comprehensive income or (2) in two separate but consecutive financial statements, consisting of an income statement followed by a separate statement of other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 requires retrospective application, and it is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this amendment on April 1, 2012, and are presenting our components of net income and other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive financial statements.

F-15

2. INVESTMENTS IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT—NET

Our investment in leases and leased equipment—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net	$	66,243	$	95,460
Investment in operating lease equipment—net		24,467		20,514
	$	90,710	$	115,974

INVESTMENT IN DIRECT FINANCING AND SALES-TYPE LEASES—NET

Our investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2013			2012
Minimum lease payments	$	64,614		$	99,747
Estimated unguaranteed residual value (1)		7,557			6,917
Initial direct costs, net of amortization (2)		684			797
Less:  Unearned lease income		(5,767	)		(10,665	)
Less:  Reserve for credit losses (3)		(845	)		(1,336	)
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net	$	66,243		$	95,460

(1) Includes estimated unguaranteed residual values of $3,361 thousand and $1,700 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for direct financing leases which have been sold and accounted for as sales under Codification Topic Transfers and Servicing.

(2) Initial direct costs are shown net of amortization of $479 thousand and $512 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(3) For details on reserve for credit losses, refer to Note 4, “Reserves for Credit Losses.”

 Future scheduled minimum lease payments as of March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2014	$	30,877
2015		19,653
2016		10,905
2017		2,781
2018 and thereafter		398
Total	$	64,614

Our net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases for certain lease agreements serves as collateral for non-recourse and recourse equipment notes. See Note 7, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility.”

We enter into agreements to sell the financing receivables associated with certain notes receivables and investments in direct financing leases, which are accounted for as sales under Codification Topic, Transfer and Servicing. We recognized a net gain for these sales of $7.1 million, $3.9 million and $2.2 million in financing revenues in the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total proceeds from the sale of financing receivables were $142.3 million, $62.4 million and $63.6 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

F-16

INVESTMENT IN OPERATING LEASE EQUIPMENT—NET

Investment in operating lease equipment—net primarily represents leases that do not qualify as direct financing leases. The components of the investment in operating lease equipment—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2013			2012
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	46,106		$	44,487
Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(21,639	)		(23,973	)
Investment in operating lease equipment—net (1)	$	24,467		$	20,514

(1) Includes estimated unguaranteed residual values of $7,763 thousand and $7,802 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Future scheduled minimum lease rental payments as of March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2014	$	10,336
2015		6,149
2016		1,946
2017		149
2018 and thereafter		30
Total	$	18,610

3. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As of March 31, 2013, we reclassified other intangible assets from other assets to goodwill and other intangible assets and conformed the presentation for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Our goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2013		March 31, 2012
Goodwill	$	28,660	$	28,444
Customer relationships		2,897		3,902
Capitalized software development		1,407		1,173
	$	32,964	$	33,519

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets we have acquired in business combinations. The following table summarizes the amount of goodwill allocated to our reporting units (in thousands):

	Financing Segment			Technology Segment
Reporting Units:	Financing			Technology		Software Procurement			Software Document Management		Total
Balance April 1, 2012
Goodwill	$	4,029		$	27,355	$	4,644		$	1,089	$	37,117
Accumulated impairment losses		(4,029	)		-		(4,644	)		-		(8,673	)
		-			27,355		-			1,089		28,444
Purchase accounting adjustments		-			216		-			-		216
Balance March 31, 2013
Goodwill		4,029			27,571		4,644			1,089		37,333
Accumulated impairment losses		(4,029	)		-		(4,644	)		-		(8,673	)
Goodwill - net balance March 31, 2013	$	-		$	27,571	$	-		$	1,089	$	28,660

F-17

During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, we performed our annual impairment test of goodwill and concluded that the fair value of our Technology and Software Document Management reporting units were in excess of their respective book values. As part of our annual assessment, we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and estimated the fair values of our reporting units using the best information available, including prices for similar assets and liabilities and other valuation techniques. We employed both the market approach and the income approach to determine fair value. The market approach measures the value of an entity through an analysis of recent sales or by comparison to comparable companies. The income approach measures the value of an entity by discounting expected future cash flows.

Under the market approach, we used the guideline public company method and similar transactions method. Under the guideline public company method, we analyzed companies that were in the same industry, performed the same or similar services, had similar operations, and are considered competitors. Multiples that related to some level of earnings or revenue were considered most appropriate for the industry in which we operate. The multiples selected were based on our analysis of the guideline companies’ profitability ratios and return to investors. We compared our reporting units’ size and ranking against the guideline companies, taking into consideration risk, profitability and growth along with guideline medians and averages. We then selected pricing multiples, adjusted appropriately for size and risk, to apply to our reporting units’ financial data.

Multiples were weighted based on the consistency and comparability of the guideline companies along with the respective reporting units, including margins, profitability and leverage. For each of the reporting units, we used the following multiples: enterprise value (“EV”) to trailing twelve months (“TTM”) revenue, EV to TTM earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”), and EV to forward twelve months revenue. Under the similar transactions method, we examined the recently completed transactions of sales of stock of private or public companies, which are in the same industry or similar lines of business to compute the enterprise value to trailing twelve months revenue multiple. This multiple, adjusted for differences in size, was used to estimate the fair value.

Under the income approach, we used the discounted future cash flow method to estimate the fair value of each of the reporting units by discounting the expected future cash flows to their present value using the weighted average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk involved in our reporting units and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of our model, we used a terminal value approach. Under this approach, we used the estimated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization in the final year of our model, adjusted to estimate a normalized cash flow, applied a perpetuity growth assumption and discounted by a perpetuity discount factor to determine the terminal value. We incorporated the present value of the resulting terminal value into our estimate of fair value.

The estimated fair value of our reporting units is dependent on several significant assumptions underlying our forecasted cash flows and weighted average cost of capital. The forecasted cash flows were based on management’s best estimates after considering economic and market conditions over the projection period, including business plans, growth rates in sales, costs, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins and cash expenditures. Any adverse change including a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; or slower growth rates may impact our ability to meet our forecasted cash flow estimates.

The fair value of our Technology and Software Document Management reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values as of October 1, 2012, and our conclusions regarding the recoverability of goodwill would not have been impacted by a 10% change in the fair values.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, our other intangible assets were $4.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively, which consist of customer relationships and capitalized software development costs.

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of customer relationships were $6.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2013, and $6.5 million and $2.6 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2012.  The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of capitalized software development costs were $1.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2013 and $1.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2012.  Customer relationships and capitalized software development costs are amortized over their estimated useful live, which is generally between 3 to 5 years.

Total amortization expense was $1.3 million, $0.5 million, and $138 thousand for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amortization expense is estimated to be $1.3 million, $1.1 million, $1.1 million, $0.7 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

F-18

4. RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Activity in our reserves for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2012	$	1,307		$	2,963	$	1,336		$	5,606
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		(19	)		174		(488	)		(333	)
Write-offs and other		(141	)		-		(3	)		(144	)
Balance March 31, 2013	$	1,147		$	3,137	$	845		$	5,129

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2011	$	944		$	94	$	1,733		$	2,771
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		739			2,869		(395	)		3,213
Write-offs and other		(376	)		-		(2	)		(378	)
Balance March 31, 2012	$	1,307		$	2,963	$	1,336		$	5,606

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2010	$	1,580		$	75	$	1,930		$	3,585
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		(252	)		19		330			97
Write-offs and other		(384	)		-		(527	)		(911	)
Balance March 31, 2011	$	944		$	94	$	1,733		$	2,771

Our reserve for credit losses and minimum lease payments associated with our investment in direct financing and sales- type lease balances disaggregated on the basis of our impairment method were as follows (in thousands):

	March, 31, 2013				March 31, 2012
	Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables		Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables
Reserves for credit losses:
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	310	$	747	$	298	$	1,314
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment		2,827		98		2,665		22
Ending balance	$	3,137	$	845	$	2,963	$	1,336
Minimum payments:
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	31,793	$	64,246	$	22,944	$	99,545
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment		3,237		368		4,356		202
Ending balance	$	35,030	$	64,614	$	27,300	$	99,747

The net credit exposure for the balance evaluated individually for impairment as of March 31, 2013 was $3.6 million, $3.4 million of which is related to one customer. During fiscal year 2012, we began selling and financing various products and services to a large law firm, which filed for bankruptcy in May 2012. As of March 31, 2013, we had $3.4 million of notes and lease-related receivables from this customer and total reserves for credit losses of $2.8 million, which represented our estimated probable loss. As of March 31, 2012, we had $4.2 million of notes receivables from this customer and total reserves for credit losses of $2.6 million. In addition to the notes receivable, there were accounts receivable for this customer of $0.9 million and a reserve for credit losses of $0.3 million as of March 31, 2012. Accordingly, the total receivables associated with this customer as of March 31, 2012 were $5.1 million and our estimated probable loss was $2.9 million. As of March 31, 2012, the notes and lease receivables associated with this customer were placed on non-accrual status.

F-19

The age of the recorded minimum lease payments and net credit exposure associated with our investment in direct financing and sales-type leases that are past due disaggregated based on our internally assigned credit quality rating (“CQR”) were as follows as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		Greater than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments		Total Minimum Lease Payments		Unearned Income			Non-Recourse Notes Payable			Net Credit Exposure
March 31, 2013
High CQR	$	454	$	316	$	28	$	798	$	322	$	38,278	$	39,398	$	(2,777	)	$	(10,337	)	$	26,284
Average CQR		51		51		5		107		101		24,640		24,848		(1,596	)		(7,857	)		15,395
Low CQR		-		-		61		61		-		307		368		(39	)		-			329
Total		505		367		94		966		423		63,225		64,614		(4,412	)		(18,194	)		42,008
March 31, 2012
High CQR	$	1,767	$	5	$	72	$	1,844	$	977	$	58,214	$	61,035	$	(4,541	)	$	(3,480	)	$	53,014
Average CQR		85		7		12		104		53		38,337		38,494		(4,445	)		(15,109	)		18,940
Low CQR		-		-		-		-		-		218		218		(16	)		-			202
Total	$	1,852	$	12	$	84	$	1,948	$	1,030	$	96,769	$	99,747	$	(9,002	)	$	(18,589	)	$	72,156

The age of the recorded notes receivable balance disaggregated based on our internally assigned CQR were as follows as March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days  Past Due		Greater than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Unbilled Notes Receivable		Total Notes Payments		Non-Recourse Notes Payable			Net Credit Exposure
March 31, 2013
High CQR	$	1,342	$	127	$	832	$	2,301	$	3,450	$	22,097	$	27,848	$	(5,621	)	$	22,227
Average CQR		1,379		-		-		1,379		-		2,566		3,945		(1,203	)		2,742
Low CQR		-		-		726		726		-		2,511		3,237		-			3,237
Total	$	2,721	$	127	$	1,558	$	4,406	$	3,450	$	27,174	$	35,030	$	(6,824	)	$	28,206
March 31, 2012
High CQR	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	2,661	$	18,140	$	20,801	$	(292	)	$	20,509
Average CQR		-		-		-		-		29		2,113		2,142		(203	)		1,939
Low CQR		-		-		86		86		387		3,884		4,357		-			4,357
Total	$	-	$	-	$	86	$	86	$	3,077	$	24,137	$	27,300	$	(495	)	$	26,805

We estimate losses on our net credit exposure to be between 0% - 5% for customers with high CQR, as these customers are investment grade or the equivalent of investment grade. We estimate losses on our net credit exposure to be between 2% - 25% for customers with average CQR, and between 50% - 100% for customers with low CQR, which includes customers in bankruptcy.

F-20

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—NET

Property and equipment—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013			2012
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	$	9,274		$	9,082
Vehicles		285			312
Capitalized software		4,149			5,199
Leasehold improvements		2,556			2,446
Total assets		16,264			17,039
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(14,051	)		(14,953	)
Property and equipment - net	$	2,213		$	2,086

For the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, depreciation expense on property and equipment was $1,096 thousand and $967 thousand, respectively.

6. OTHER ASSETS AND ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Our other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Unbilled accounts receivable	$	3,095	$	4,304
Prepaid assets		2,667		2,215
Other		3,345		2,575
Total other assets	$	9,107	$	9,094

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Accrued expenses	$	9,533	$	15,386
Other		10,731		9,501
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities	$	20,264	$	24,887

Other assets include the cash surrender value of life insurance, escrow deposits, and equipment held for sale. Other liabilities include accrued taxes, deferred compensation, lease rental payments due to third parties, and contingent consideration related to an acquisition.

7. NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

Recourse and non-recourse obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Recourse note payable at 4.84% terminates on March 2, 2017	$	1,484	$	1,727
Non-recourse equipment notes secured by related investments in leases with interest rates ranging from2.00% to 10.0% at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012	$	40,255	$	26,328

Principal and interest payments on the non-recourse notes payable are generally due monthly in amounts that are approximately equal to the total payments due from the customer under the leases or notes receivable that collateralize the notes payable.  The weighted average interest rate for our non-recourse notes payable was 4.23% and 5.15%, as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively. Under recourse financing, in the event of a default by a customer, the lender has recourse against the customer, the assets serving as collateral, and us. Under non-recourse financing, in the event of a default by a customer, the lender generally only has recourse against the customer, and the assets serving as collateral, but not against us.

F-21

Our technology segment, through our subsidiary ePlus Technology, inc., finances its operations with funds generated from operations, and with a credit facility with GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation (“GECDF”). This facility provides short-term capital for our technology segment. There are two components of the GECDF credit facility: (1) a floor plan component and (2) an accounts receivable component. Under the floor plan component, we had outstanding balances of $66.3 million and $85.9 million as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Under the accounts receivable component, we had no outstanding balances as of March 31, 2012 and 2012. As of March 31, 2013, the facility agreement had an aggregate limit of the two components of $175 million, and the accounts receivable component had a sub-limit of $30 million, which bears interest assessed at a rate of the One Month LIBOR plus two and one half percent. The credit facility with GECDF was amended and restated in July 2012 which increased the credit limit from $125 million to $175 million and modified the covenants, interest rate and other requirements within the facility.

The credit facility has full recourse to ePlus Technology, inc. and is secured by a blanket lien against all its assets, such as receivables and inventory. Availability under the facility may be limited by the asset value of equipment we purchase or accounts receivable, and may be further limited by certain covenants and terms and conditions of the facility. These covenants include but are not limited to a minimum excess availability of the facility and minimum earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of ePlus Technology, inc. We were in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2013. In addition, the facility restricts the ability of ePlus Technology, inc. to transfer funds to its affiliates in the form of dividends, loans or advances with certain exceptions for dividends to ePlus inc. The facility also requires that financial statements of ePlus Technology, inc. be provided within 45 days of each quarter and 90 days of each fiscal year end and also includes that other operational reports be provided on a regular basis. Either party may terminate with 90 days’ advance notice. We are not, and do not believe that we are reasonably likely to be, in breach of the GECDF credit facility. In addition, we do not believe that the covenants of the GECDF credit facility materially limit our ability to undertake financing. In this regard, the covenants apply only to our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc. This credit facility is secured by the assets of only ePlus Technology, inc. and the guaranty as described below.

The facility provided by GECDF requires a guaranty of $10.5 million by ePlus inc. The guaranty requires ePlus inc. to deliver its annual audited financial statements by certain dates. We have delivered the annual audited financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2012, as required. The loss of the GECDF credit facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology segment and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

We have an agreement with First Virginia Community Bank, (formerly 1st Commonwealth Bank of Virginia), to provide us with a $0.5 million credit facility, which matured October 26, 2012. This credit facility was renewed for two years effective October 27, 2012. The credit facility is available for use by us and our affiliates and the lender has full recourse to us. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at the Wall Street Journal U.S. Prime rate plus 1%. The primary purpose of the facility is to provide letters of credit for landlords, taxing authorities and bids.  As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, we had no outstanding balance on this credit facility.

Recourse and non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2013, mature as follows (in thousands):

	Recourse Notes		Non-Recourse
	Payable		Notes Payable
Year ending March 31, 2014	$	390	$	22,169
2015		390		13,126
2016		390		4,553
2017		314		401
2018 and thereafter		-		6
	$	1,484	$	40,255

F-22

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

We lease office space and certain office equipment to conduct our business. Annual rent expense relating to these operating leases was $3.5 million, $2.4 million, and $2.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, the future minimum lease payments are due as follows (in thousands):

	(in thousands)
Year ended March 31, 2014	$	3,347
2015		1,974
2016		844
2017		439
2018 and thereafter		205
	$	6,809

Legal Proceedings

On May 19, 2009, we filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia (the “trial court”) against four defendants, alleging that they used or sold products, methods, processes, services and/or systems that infringe on certain of our patents. During July and August 2009, we entered into settlement and license agreements with three of the defendants. We obtained a jury verdict against the remaining defendant, Lawson Software, Inc. (“Lawson”) on January 27, 2011. The jury unanimously found that Lawson infringed certain ePlus patents relating to electronic procurement systems, and additionally found that all ePlus patent claims tried in court were not invalid.

On May 23, 2011, the trial court issued a permanent injunction, ordering Lawson and its successors to: immediately stop selling and servicing products relating to its electronic procurement systems that infringe our patents; cease providing any ongoing or future maintenance, training or installation of its infringing products; and refrain from publishing any literature or information that encourages the use or sale of its infringing products. Lawson appealed the trial court’s judgment, and we appealed the trial court’s evidentiary ruling which precluded us from seeking monetary damages.  On November 21, 2012, the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (the “Appeals Court”) reversed in part, vacated in part, affirmed in part, and remanded. The Appeals Court upheld the trial court’s ruling precluding us from seeking monetary damages. The Appeals Court also upheld a finding of infringement, as well as the injunction, and remanded the case to the trial court for consideration of what changes, if any, are required to the terms of the injunction.  On January 29, 2013, the Appeals Court denied our petition for a rehearing relating to certain elements of its opinion. ePlus is seeking damages with respect to contempt of the injunction for the period dating back to May of 2011, when the injunction was issued. A hearing and oral argument on that petition for contempt were held in April 2013. However, court calendars are inherently unpredictable, and we cannot predict when the trial court will issue a ruling.

While we believe that we have a basis for our claims, these types of cases are complex in nature, are likely to have significant expenses associated with them, and we cannot predict whether we will be successful in our claim for a contempt finding or damages, whether any award ultimately received will exceed the costs incurred to pursue this matter, or how long it will take to bring this matter to resolution.

Other Matters

We may become party to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including preference payment claims asserted in customer bankruptcy proceedings, claims of alleged infringement of patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights, claims of alleged non-compliance with contract provisions, employment related claims, claims by competitors, vendors or customers, and claims related to alleged violations of laws and regulations. We accrue for costs associated with these contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable.  Refer to Note 4, "Reserves for Credit Losses," for additional information regarding loss contingencies associated with our accounts, notes and lease-related receivables.

F-23

9. EARNINGS PER SHARE

During the preparation of the Form 10-Q for the three months ended December 31, 2012, we reviewed our restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) agreements and identified that certain RSAs issued contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends issued prior to vesting. As a result, those RSAs are considered participating securities which requires us to use the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per shares. Accordingly, we have corrected our reported earnings per share for the corresponding periods. The weighted average shares outstanding for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 used to calculate diluted earnings per common share decreased by 119 thousand and 70 thousand, respectively. Basic earnings per share for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 decreased by $0.10 and $0.06, respectively. Diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 decreased by $0.05 and $0.04, respectively.

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common shareholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of “in-the-money” stock options and other common stock equivalents during each period.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands, except per share data).

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Basic and diluted shares outstanding
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic		7,810		8,002		8,201
Effect of dilutive shares		93		93		152
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted		7,903		8,095		8,353
Calculation of earnings per share - basic
Net earnings	$	34,830	$	23,367	$	23,727
Net earnings attributable to participating securities		668		764		524
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders	$	34,162	$	22,603	$	23,203
Earnings per share - basic	$	4.37	$	2.82	$	2.83
Calculation of earnings per share - diluted
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders— basic	$	34,162	$	22,603	$	23,203
Add: undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities		4		8		9
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders— diluted	$	34,166	$	22,612	$	23,213
Earnings per share - diluted	$	4.32	$	2.79	$	2.78

All unexercised stock options were included in the computations of diluted earnings per common share for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

10. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

On August 13, 2012, our Board authorized a new share repurchase plan which authorized share repurchases up to 500,000 shares commencing on September 16, 2012, through September 15, 2013. The purchases may be made from time to time in the open market, or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to availability. Any repurchased shares will have the status of treasury shares and may be used, when needed, for general corporate purposes.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, we repurchased 19,423 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $29.46 per share for a total purchase price of $572 thousand. Since the inception of our initial repurchase program on September 20, 2001 to March 31, 2013, we have repurchased 4.7 million shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $13.94 per share for a total purchase price of $65.3 million.

On December 4, 2012, our Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend on our common stock of $2.50 per share, which was paid to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 17, 2012. The dividend was paid on December 26, 2012.

F-24

11. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 Share-Based Plans

We have share-based awards outstanding under the followingplans: (1) the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Amended LTIP (2003)”), (2) the 2008 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2008 Director LTIP”), and (3) the 2008 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2008 Employee LTIP”). On September 13, 2012, our shareholders approved the 2012 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2012 Employee LTIP”), which has no awards outstanding as of March 31, 2013. For the year ended March 31, 2013, awards were issued under the 2008 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan and the 2008 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan. All the share-based plans defined fair market value as the previous trading day's closing price when the grant date falls on a date the stock was not traded.

Amended LTIP (2003)

Minor amendments were made to our 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1998 Plan”) on April 1, April 17 and April 30, 2001. The amendments added provisions “to allow the Compensation Committee to delegate to a single board member the authority to make awards to non-Section 16 insiders, as a matter of convenience,” and to provide that “no option granted under the Plan may be exercisable for more than ten years from the date of its grant.”

The 1998 Plan, modified in 2001 as described above, was then amended and restated on July 15, 2003 by the Board, and approved by shareholders on September 18, 2003 (the “Amended LTIP (2003)”). Primarily, the amendment modified the aggregate number of shares available under the plan to a fixed number (3,000,000). Although the language varies somewhat from earlier plans, it permits the Board or Compensation Committee to delegate authority to a committee of one or more directors who are also officers of the corporation to award options under certain conditions. The Amended LTIP (2003) replaced all the prior plans, and covered option grants for employees, executives and outside directors.  Vesting periods varied for the Amended LTIP (2003) depending on individual award agreement.  Awards are no longer issued under this plan.

2008 Director LTIP

On September 15, 2008, our shareholders approved the 2008 Director LTIP that was adopted by the Board on June 25, 2008.  Under the 2008 Director LTIP, 250,000 shares were authorized for grant to non-employee directors. The purpose of the 2008 Director LTIP is to align the economic interests of the directors with the interests of shareholders by including equity as a component of pay and to attract, motivate and retain experienced and knowledgeable directors. In addition, each director will receive an annual grant of restricted stock having a grant-date fair value equal to the cash compensation earned by an outside director during our fiscal year ended immediately before the respective annual grant-date. Directors may elect to receive their cash compensation in restricted stock. These restricted shares are prohibited from being sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of. Half of these shares will vest on the one-year and second-year anniversary from the date of the grant.

2008 Employee LTIP

On September 15, 2008, our shareholders approved the 2008 Employee LTIP that was adopted by the Board on June 25, 2008. Under the 2008 Employee LTIP, 1,000,000 shares were authorized for grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, or other share-based awards to ePlus employees. The purpose of the 2008 Employee LTIP was to encourage our employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of ePlus, thus enhancing the value of ePlus for the benefit of its stockholders, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals. The 2008 Employee LTIP was administered by the Compensation Committee. Shares issuable under the 2008 Employee LTIP consisted of authorized but unissued shares or shares held in our treasury. Shares under the 2008 Employee LTIP were not used to compensate our outside directors, who may be compensated under the separate 2008 Director LTIP, as discussed above. Under the 2008 Employee LTIP, the Compensation Committee determined the time and method of exercise of the awards.

F-25

2012 Employee LTIP

On September 13, 2012, our shareholders approved the 2012 Employee LTIP that was adopted by the Board on July 10, 2012. Under the 2012 Employee LTIP, 750,000 shares were authorized for grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, or other share-based awards to ePlus employees. The purpose of the 2012 Employee LTIP is to encourage our employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of ePlus, thus enhancing the value of ePlus for the benefit of its stockholders, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals. The 2012 Employee LTIP is administered by the Compensation Committee. Shares issuable under the 2012 Employee LTIP may consist of authorized but unissued shares or shares held in our treasury. Shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP will not be used to compensate our outside directors, who may be compensated under the separate 2008 Director LTIP, as discussed above. Under the 2012 Employee LTIP, the Compensation Committee will determine the time and method of exercise of the awards. As of March 31, 2013, there are no outstanding awards under this plan.

Stock Option Activity

During the year ended March 31, 2013, there were no stock options granted to employees.

A summary of stock option activity during the year ended March 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Number of Shares			Exercise Price Range		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, April 1, 2012		145,000		$	7.14 - $15.25	$	11.91
Options exercised (1)		(105,000	)	$	7.14 - $15.25	$	11.12
Outstanding, March 31, 2013		40,000		$	12.73 - $15.25	$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800
Vested at March 31, 2013		40,000				$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800
Exercisable at March 31, 2013		40,000				$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800

(1) The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended March 31, 2013 was $2.9 million.

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Options Outstanding and Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Options Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)
$12.73		20,000	$	12.73		2.5
$15.25		20,000	$	15.25		0.5
$12.73 - $15.25		40,000	$	13.99		1.5

We issue shares from our authorized but unissued common stock to satisfy stock option exercises. At March 31, 2013, all of our options were vested.

F-26

Restricted Stock Activity

We estimate the forfeiture rate of the restricted stock to be zero. As of March 31, 2013, we have granted 95,851 shares under the 2008 Director LTIP, and 454,160 restricted shares under the 2008 Employee LTIP.

A summary of the non-vested restricted shares is as follows:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2012		276,130		$	20.75
Granted		105,198		$	32.71
Vested		(132,244	)	$	19.84
Forfeited		(3,036	)	$	23.76
Nonvested March 31, 2013		246,048		$	26.32

Upon each vesting period of the restricted stock awards, participants are subject to minimum tax withholding obligations. The 2008 Director LTIP, 2008 Employee LTIP and the 2012 Employee LTIP allows the Company, at the participant’s election, to withhold a sufficient number of shares due to the participant to satisfy their minimum tax withholding obligations. For the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company had withheld 37,928 shares of common stock at a value of $1.3 million, which was included in treasury stock.

Compensation Expense

We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight line basis over the requisite service period and estimate the forfeiture rate to be zero, based on historical experience. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions. During the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 we recognized $3.3 million, $2.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of total share-based compensation expense. At March 31, 2013, there was no unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested options. Unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock was $4.1 million, which will be fully recognized over the next 27 months.

We also provide our employees with a contributory 401(k) profit sharing plan. Employer contribution percentages are determined by us and are discretionary each year. The employer contributions vest pro-ratably over a four-year service period by the employees, after which, all employer contributions will be fully vested. For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, our employer contributions for the plan were approximately $1.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

12. INCOME TAXES

We account for our tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic Income Taxes. Under the guidance, we evaluate uncertain tax positions based on the two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate each uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. For tax positions that are not likely of being sustained upon audit, the second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

As of March 31, 2012, we had $316 thousand of total gross unrecognized tax benefits recorded for uncertain income tax position in accordance with Income Taxes in the Codification. During the year ended March 31, 2013, we had no additions or reductions for uncertain income tax positions therefore our balance remains unchanged at $316 thousand as of March 31, 2013.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012			2011
Beginning balance	$	316	$	719		$	461
Additions for uncertain tax positions		-		-			403
Reductions to uncertain tax positions		-		(403	)		(145	)
Ending balance	$	316	$	316		$	719

F-27

At March 31, 2013, if the unrecognized tax benefits of $316 thousand were to be recognized, including the effect of interest, penalties and federal tax benefit, the impact would have been $434 thousand. At March 31, 2012, if the unrecognized tax benefits of $316 thousand were to be recognized, including the effect of interest, penalties and federal tax benefit, the impact would have been $424 thousand.

 We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, we recognized $17 thousand and $31 thousand, respectively, of interest related to uncertain tax positions, and did not recognize any additional penalties. We had $197 thousand and $180 thousand accrued for the payment of interest at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Tax years 2009, 2010 and 2011 are subjected to examination by federal and state taxing authorities. Various state and local income tax returns are also under examination by taxing authorities. We do not believe that the outcome of any examination will have a material impact on our financial statements.

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Statutory federal income tax rate		35	%		35	%		35	%
Income tax expense computed at the U.S. statutory federal rate	$	20,555		$	13,850		$	14,199
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		2,894			2,096			1,861
Non-deductible executive compensation		150			152			81
Other		316			109			700
Provision for income taxes	$	23,915		$	16,207		$	16,841
Effective income tax rate		40.7	%		41.0	%		41.5	%

The effective income tax rate for the year ended March 31, 2013 was 40.7%, a change from 41.0% of the previous fiscal year. The change in the effective income tax rate is due to changes in state apportionment factors.

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	20,041		$	12,266		$	10,604
State		4,453			3,088			3,774
Foreign		36			59			39
Total current expense		24,530			15,413			14,417
Deferred:
Federal		(581	)		814			2,846
State		(34	)		(20	)		(422	)
Total deferred expense (benefit)		(615	)		794			2,424
Provision for income taxes	$	23,915		$	16,207		$	16,841

F-28

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Deferred Tax Assets:
Accrued vacation	$	1,345		$	1,174		$	1,174
Provision for bad debts		1,997			2,149			1,024
State net operating loss carryforward		1,505			1,217			1,296
Basis difference in fixed assets		-			-			147
Book compensation on discounted stock options		77			262			611
Deferred compensation		898			797			716
Deferred revenue		221			140			203
Foreign tax credit		-			-			72
Federal net operating loss carry forward		168			111			-
Other accruals and reserves		2,043			1,918			1,206
Gross deferred tax assets		8,254			7,768			6,449
Less: valuation allowance		(1,505	)		(1,217	)		(1,296	)
Net deferred tax assets		6,749			6,551			5,153
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Basis difference in fixed assets		(491	)		(378	)		-
Basis difference in operating leases		(8,765	)		(9,764	)		(8,645	)
Basis difference in tax deductible goodwill		(2,288	)		(2,195	)		(735	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(11,544	)		(12,337	)		(9,380	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(4,795	)	$	(5,786	)	$	(4,227	)

As of March 31, 2013, we have state net operating losses of approximately $28.0 million, which will begin to expire in the year 2023.

The valuation allowance resulted from management's determination, based on available evidence, that it was more likely than not that the state net operating loss deferred tax asset balance of $1.5 million and $1.2 million as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, may not be realized.

13. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We account for the fair values of our assets and liabilities in accordance with Codification Topic Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure. Accordingly, we established a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The following table summarizes the fair value hierarchy of our financial instruments (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	March 31, 2013		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant  Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Gains (Losses)
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	918	$	-	$	-	$	918	$	-

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	March 31, 2012		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant  Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Gains (Losses)
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	1,292	$	-	$	-	$	1,292	$	-

For the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the adjustment to the fair value of the contingent consideration was an increase of $99 thousand and reduction of $208 thousand, respectively, which was presented within general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations. In addition, we paid $473 thousand during the year ended March 31, 2013.

14. SEGMENT REPORTING

We manage our segments on the basis of the products and services offered. Our reportable segments consist of our technology segment and our financing segment. The technology segment sells information technology equipment and software and related services primarily to corporate customers on a nationwide basis. The technology segment also provides Internet-based business-to-business supply chain management solutions for information technology and other operating resources. The financing segment offers lease financing solutions to corporations and governmental entities nationwide. We evaluate segment performance on the basis of total revenue and earnings before provision for income taxes.

F-29

Both segments utilize our proprietary software and services within the organization. Sales and services and related costs of our software are included in the technology segment. Our reportable segment information was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013						2012						2011
	Technology		Financing		Total		Technology		Financing		Total		Technology		Financing		Total
Sales of product and services	$	936,228	$	-	$	936,228	$	784,951	$	-	$	784,951	$	672,303	$	-	$	672,303
Financing revenues		-		38,384		38,384		-		30,899		30,899		-		35,367		35,367
Fee and other income		6,949		1,551		8,500		7,455		2,276		9,731		8,260		2,460		10,720
Patent settlement income		-		-		-		-		-		-		125		-		125
Total revenues		943,177		39,935		983,112		792,406		33,175		825,581		680,688		37,827		718,515
Cost of sales, product and services		767,447		-		767,447		645,558		-		645,558		551,860		-		551,860
Direct lease costs		-		10,892		10,892		-		8,508		8,508		-		9,212		9,212
Professional and other fees		9,638		3,460		13,098		10,283		1,461		11,744		14,014		1,369		15,383
Salaries and benefits		100,447		10,516		110,963		88,321		9,947		98,268		74,706		9,541		84,247
General and administrative expenses		19,028		1,071		20,099		16,627		3,872		20,499		13,220		1,461		14,681
Interest and financing costs		89		1,779		1,868		93		1,337		1,430		84		2,480		2,564
Earnings before provision for income taxes	$	46,528	$	12,217	$	58,745	$	31,524	$	8,050	$	39,574	$	26,804	$	13,764	$	40,568
Total assets	$	255,257	$	182,615	$	437,872	$	241,488	$	192,200	$	433,688	$	206,963	$	182,228	$	389,191

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Revenue
U.S.	$	964,996	$	812,364	$	714,736
Non U.S.		18,116		13,217		3,779
Total	$	983,112	$	825,581	$	718,515

	As of March 31,
	2013		2012
Assets
U.S.	$	435,486	$	431,632
Non U.S.		2,386		2,056
Total	$	437,872	$	433,688

15. QUARTERLY DATA —UNAUDITED

We reviewed our RSA agreements and identified that certain RSAs issued contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends prior to their vesting. As a result, those RSAs are considered participating securities which requires us to use the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per shares. Accordingly, we have corrected our reported earnings per share for the corresponding periods. Condensed quarterly financial information is as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

F-30

	Year Ended March 31, 2013
	First Quarter							Second Quarter							Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Annual Amount
	Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-
	Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		As reported		As reported		As reported
Total revenues	$	244,724	$	-		$	244,724	$	260,051	$	-		$	260,051	$	242,025	$	236,312	$	983,112
Total costs and expenses		231,161		-			231,161		243,143		-			243,143		226,496		223,567		924,367
Earnings before provision for income taxes		13,563		-			13,563		16,908		-			16,908		15,529		12,745		58,745
Provision for income taxes		5,501		-			5,501		6,875		-			6,875		6,496		5,043		23,915
Net earnings	$	8,062	$	-		$	8,062	$	10,033	$	-		$	10,033	$	9,033	$	7,702	$	34,830
Net earnings per common share—Basic (1)	$	1.04	$	(0.03	)	$	1.01	$	1.29	$	(0.03	)	$	1.26	$	1.11	$	0.96	$	4.37
Net earnings per common share—Diluted (1)	$	1.02	$	(0.02	)	$	1.00	$	1.27	$	(0.02	)	$	1.25	$	1.11	$	0.95	$	4.32

	Year Ended March 31, 2012
	First Quarter							Second Quarter							Third Quarter							Fourth Quarter							Annual Amount
	Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-
	Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		As restated
Total revenues	$	178,899	$	-		$	178,899	$	203,655	$	-		$	203,655	$	224,028	$	-		$	224,028	$	218,999	$	-		$	218,999	$	825,581
Total costs and expenses		172,616		-			172,616		191,807		-			191,807		209,594		-			209,594		211,990		-			211,990		786,007
Earnings before provision for income taxes		6,283		-			6,283		11,848		-			11,848		14,434		-			14,434		7,009		-			7,009		39,574
Provision for income taxes		2,580		-			2,580		4,784		-			4,784		5,691		-			5,691		3,152		-			3,152		16,207
Net earnings	$	3,703	$	-		$	3,703	$	7,064	$	-		$	7,064	$	8,743	$	-		$	8,743	$	3,857	$	-		$	3,857	$	23,367
Net earnings per common share—Basic (1)	$	0.45	$	(0.02	)	$	0.43	$	0.87	$	(0.04	)	$	0.83	$	1.12	$	(0.04	)	$	1.08	$	0.50	$	(0.02	)	$	0.48	$	2.82
Net earnings per common share—Diluted (1)	$	0.44	$	(0.01	)	$	0.43	$	0.85	$	(0.03	)	$	0.82	$	1.10	$	(0.03	)	$	1.07	$	0.49	$	(0.01	)	$	0.48	$	2.79

(1) Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

F-31

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(Dollars in 000's)

	Balance at		Charged to
	Beginning of		Costs and			Deductions/			Balance at End
	Period		Expenses			Write-Offs			of Period
Allowance for Sales Returns (1)
Year Ended March 31, 2011	$	330	$	689		$	(672	)	$	347
Year Ended March 31, 2012		347		1,054			(974	)		427
Year Ended March 31, 2013		427		1,404			(1,288	)		543
Reserve for Credit Losses
Year Ended March 31, 2011	$	3,585	$	85		$	(899	)	$	2,771
Year Ended March 31, 2012		2,771		3,212			(377	)		5,606
Year Ended March 31, 2013		5,606		(334	)		(144	)		5,128
Valuation for Deferred Taxes
Year Ended March 31, 2011	$	1,250	$	46		$	-		$	1,296
Year Ended March 31, 2012		1,296		(79	)		-			1,217
Year Ended March 31, 2013		1,217		288			-			1,505

(1) These amounts represent the gross margin effect of sales returns during the respective years. Expected merchandise returns after year-end for sales made before year-end were $3.4 million, $3.2 million, and $2.8 million as of March 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

S-1

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

ePlus inc.

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

Name of Participant:

Grant Number:

Total Number of Shares Underlying Restricted Stock Award:

Grant Date:

1. Restricted Stock Award – Terms and Conditions.  This Agreement confirms the grant under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2012 EmployeeLong-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the terms and conditions set forth herein (“Terms and Conditions”) to the above-named Participant of the number of a Restricted Stock award of such number of shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company as set forth above. This Agreement merely evidences such grant, and does not constitute property of any nature or type or confer any additional rights. This grant is subject in all respects to the applicable terms of the Plan. A copy of the Plan (or related Prospectus delivered to you with this Agreement) may be obtained at no cost by contacting the HR Department at hr@eplus.com.

2. Restriction Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Restriction Period is the period beginning on the grant date and ending on [INSERT VESTING DATE(S)] or, if earlier, upon termination of employment as the result of Participant’s death or Disability or upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, provided Participant is in employment with the Company on the date of the Change in Control (the “Restriction Period”).  Upon termination of Participant’s employment for any other reason prior to the date that Participant becomes 100% vested in the Award, the unvested Shares shall be forfeited immediately and Participant shall have no right with respect to the unvested Shares.  No additional Shares shall vest after the date of termination of Participant’s employment.

3. Restrictions and Forfeiture. The Restricted Stock is granted to the Participant subject to the prohibitions on transfer set forth in Section 6 below, which shall lapse, if at all, upon the expiration of the Restriction Period as described in Section 7 below.

4. Rights During Restriction Period. During the Restriction Period, the Participant may exercise full voting rights with respect to all Restricted Stock subject to the award.  The Restricted Stock shall accrue dividends that will be credited in the form of cash or securities, as applicable, to the Participant’s account, on the date the dividend is issued. At the end of the Restriction Period, all credited cash dividends or securities, as applicable, will be distributed to the Participant. If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock dividend, stock split or the like, without additional consideration to the Company, the Restricted Stock subject to this award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the expiration of the Restriction Period, the Participant may exercise voting rights and shall be entitled to receive dividends and other distributions with respect to the number of shares to which the Participant is entitled pursuant hereto.

5. Release of Award. Provided the award has not previously been forfeited, as soon as reasonably practicable following the expiration of the Restriction Period and the satisfaction of the applicable tax withholding obligations, the Company shall at its option, cause the Restricted Stock to which the Participant is entitled pursuant hereto (i) to be released without restriction on transfer by delivery to the custody of the Participant of a stock certificate in the name of the Participant or his or her designee, or (ii) to be credited without restriction on transfer to a book-entry account for the benefit of the Participant or his or her designee maintained by the Company’s stock transfer agent or its designee.

6. Prohibition Against Transfer.  Until the expiration of the Restriction Period, the award and the Restricted Stock subject to the award and the rights granted under the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement are not transferable except to family members or trusts by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided that the award and the Restricted Stock may not be so transferred to family members or trusts except as permitted by applicable law or regulations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as aforesaid, until the expiration of the Restriction Period, the award and shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, exchanged, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of, shall not be assignable by operation of law, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, charge, alienation or similar process. Any attempt to effect any of the foregoing shall be null and void and without effect.

7. Forfeiture; Termination of Employment.  Shares of Restricted Stock that are included in this award shall be forfeited by the Participant upon the Participant’s termination of employment prior to vesting for any reason other than death or Disability, as defined in the Plan. All shares of Restricted Stock will immediately vest upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, provided Participant is in employment with the Company on the date of the Change in Control.

8. Tax Withholding.  Participant shall be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  The Committee shall be authorized, in its sole discretion, to establish such rules and procedures relating to the use of Shares to satisfy any tax withholding obligations as it deems necessary and appropriate.

9. Tax Elections.  Participant acknowledges that Participant has considered the advisability of all tax elections in connection with the purchase of the Shares, including the making of an election under Section 83(b) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”); Participant further acknowledges that the Company has no responsibility for the making of such Section 83(b) election.  In the event Participant determines to make a Section 83(b) election, Participant agrees to timely provide a copy of the election to the Company as required under the Code.

10. Miscellaneous.  These Terms and Conditions and other portions of this Agreement: (a) shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company; (b) shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and any applicable laws of the United States; and (c) except as permitted under Sections 7 and 8 of the Plan, may not be amended without the written consent of both the Company and the Participant.

11. No Agreement to Employ.  The Agreement shall not in any way interfere with or limit the right of the Company to terminate the Participant’s employment or service with the Company at any time, and no contract or right of employment shall be implied by the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement of which they form a part.

12. Incorporation of Plan Provisions.  The Terms and Conditions and this Agreement are made pursuant to the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference (including without limitation, Section 6(g)(xii) of the Plan, such that the Participant may be subject to the forfeiture of the unvested portion of this Restricted Stock award and must return any vested shares already delivered pursuant to this Agreement in certain circumstances described in that section).  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Plan.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement, and the Plan, the terms of Plan shall govern.

13. Adjustment of Award.  In the event it is determined that the grant, vesting or Common Stock delivery or cash payment under an award of Restricted Stock was made based on incorrect financial results, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will review such grant, vesting, delivery or payment.  If the amount of the grant, vesting, delivery or payment would have been lower had the level of achievement of applicable financial performance goals been calculated based on the correct financial results, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, adjust (i.e., lower) the amount of such grant, vesting, delivery or payment so that it reflects the amount that would have applied based on the correct financial results and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, require the reimbursement by the Participant of any amount delivered or paid to or received by the Participant with respect to such award. Additionally, Common Stock deliveries or cash payments under this Agreement are subject to recovery by the Company to the extent required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

14. Parachute Payments.  In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Participant under this Agreement or any other award under the Plan in connection with a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, (collectively, the “Change in Control Payments”) would (i) constitute (together with other payments or benefits contingent on a Change in Control) a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code or any successor provision and (ii) but for this section, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any successor provision (the “Excise Tax”), then the Participant shall receive:

(A) the full amount of such Change in Control Payments, or

(B) such lesser amount of such Change in Control Payments, which would result in no portion of such Change in Control Payments being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the Participant, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of payments or benefits contingent on the Change in Control (including without limitation the Change in Control Payments), notwithstanding that all or some portion of such Change in Control Payments may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.

Any determination required under this section shall be made in writing by an independent public accounting firm or other independent third party selected by the Company (the “Accountants”), whose costs shall be paid by the Company and whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Company for all purposes.  For purposes of making the calculations required by this section, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  The Company and Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this section.  In the event the Accountants determine the Change in Control Payments are to be reduced under (B) above, such reduction shall first be made as to any such Common Stock payment or benefit under any Plan awards in reverse chronological order of the grant date, then any such cash payment or benefit under any Plan awards in reverse chronological order of the grant date.

15. Committee Authority.  The Committee will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons.

16. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements and understandings of the parties, either express or implied.

ePlus inc.		Participant
By:
	Name	Name
	Title	Date

EX-10.25

Exhibit 10.25

ePlus inc.

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

Name of Participant:

Grant Number:

Number of Restricted Units:

Form of Payment of the Award:

Grant Date:

1. Restricted Stock Unit Award – Terms and Conditions.  This Agreement confirms the grant under and subject to the provisions of the ePlus inc. 2012 Employee Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein (“Terms and Conditions”) to the above-named Participant of the number of Restricted Stock Units set forth above (such units, as may be adjusted in accordance with Section 4 of these Terms and Conditions, the “Restricted Units”). This Agreement does not constitute ownership of any Shares of ePlus inc. (the “Company”) or confer any rights associated with the ownership of shares, except as expressly set forth herein. This grant is subject in all respects to the applicable terms of the Plan. At all times, each Restricted Unit shall be equal in value to one share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share of the Company (a “Share”). A copy of the Plan (or related Prospectus delivered to you with this Agreement) may be obtained at no cost by contacting the HR Department at hr@eplus.com.

2. Restriction Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Restriction Period is the period beginning on the grant date and ending on [INSERT VESTING DATE(S)] or, if earlier, upon termination of employment as the result of Participant’s death or Disability or upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, provided Participant is in employment with the Company on the date of the Change in Control (the “Restriction Period”). Upon termination of Participant’s employment for any other reason prior to the date that Participant becomes 100% vested in the Award, the unvested shares shall be forfeited immediately and Participant shall have no right with respect to the unvested shares.  No additional shares shall vest after the date of termination of Participant’s employment.

3. Payout of Award. Provided the Award has not previously been forfeited, within two and one-half months after the expiration of the Restriction Period and upon the satisfaction of the applicable tax withholding obligations, (i) if the Award is to be paid in Shares, the Company shall issue to the Participant the number of Shares underlying the Restricted Units as of the date of the expiration of the Restriction Period; or (ii) if the Award is to be paid in cash, the Company shall pay to the Participant a single lump sum cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of the number of Shares underlying the Restricted Units as of the date of the expiration of the Restriction Period. If the Award is to be paid in Shares, upon payout the Company shall at its option, cause such Shares as to which the Participant is entitled pursuant hereto: (i) to be released without restriction on transfer by delivery to the custody of the Participant of a stock certificate in the name of the Participant or his or her designee, or (ii) to be credited without restriction on transfer to a book-entry account for the benefit of the Participant or his or her designee maintained by the Company’s stock transfer agent or its designee.  A Participant shall have no further rights with regard to the Restricted Units once the cash payment or underlying Shares have been delivered.

4. Rights During Restriction Period. During the Restriction Period, the Participant shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to the Shares underlying the Restricted Units, no dividend rights and no voting rights with respect to the Restricted Units or any Shares underlying or issuable in respect of such Restricted Units until such Shares are actually issued to and held of record by the Participant. No adjustments will be made for dividends or other rights of a holder for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares. If the number of outstanding shares of Share is changed as a result of a stock dividend, stock split or the like, without additional consideration to the Company, the Restricted Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the Company’s outstanding shares of Share. If the Award is to be paid in Shares, upon the expiration of the Restriction Period and payout of the Award pursuant to Section 3, the Participant may exercise voting rights and shall be entitled to receive any subsequent dividends declared by the board of directors of the Company.

5. Prohibition Against Transfer.  Until the expiration of the Restriction Period, the Award, the Restricted Units subject to the Award, any interest in the Shares (in the case of a payment to be made in Shares) or cash to be paid, as applicable, related thereto, and the rights granted under the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement are not transferable except to family members or trusts by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided that the Award, the Restricted Units subject to the Award, and any interest in the Shares or cash to be paid, as applicable, related thereto may not be so transferred to family members or trusts except as permitted by applicable law or regulations.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as aforesaid, until the expiration of the Restriction Period, the Award, the Restricted Units subject to the Award and any interest in the Shares (in the case of a payment to be made in Shares) or cash to be paid, as applicable, related thereto, may not be sold, exchanged, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of, shall not be assignable by operation of law, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, charge, alienation or similar process. Any attempt to effect any of the foregoing shall be null and void and without effect.

6. Forfeiture; Termination of Employment.  No shares of Share shall be issued to the Participant prior to the date on which the Restricted Stock Units vest, and shall be forfeited by the Participant upon the Participant’s termination of employment prior to vesting for any reason other than death or Disability, as defined in the Plan. All shares of restricted stock units will immediately vest upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, provided Participant’s in employment with the Company on the date of the Change in Control.

7. Withholding.  Participant shall be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  If the Award is to be paid in Shares, the Committee shall be authorized, in its sole discretion, to establish such rules and procedures relating to the use of Shares to satisfy any tax withholding obligations as it deems necessary and appropriate.

8. Miscellaneous.  These Terms and Conditions and other portions of this Agreement: (a) shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company; (b) shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and any applicable laws of the United States; and (c) except as permitted under Sections 7 and 8 of the Plan, may not be amended without the written consent of both the Company and the Participant. The Agreement shall not in any way interfere with or limit the right of the Company to terminate the Participant’s employment or service with the Company at any time, and no contract or right of employment shall be implied by the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement of which they form a part.

9. Incorporation of Plan Provisions.  The Terms and Conditions and this Agreement are made pursuant to the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference (including without limitation, Section 6(g)(xii) of the Plan, such that the Participant may be subject to the forfeiture of the unvested portion of this Restricted Unit Award and must return any vested Restricted Units and/or shares already delivered pursuant to this Agreement in certain circumstances described in that Section). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Plan.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Terms and Conditions and this Agreement, and the Plan, the terms of Plan shall govern.

10. Section 409A.  This Agreement is intended to constitute a “short-term deferral” as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be so interpreted.

11. Adjustment of Award.  In the event it is determined that the grant, vesting or Share delivery or cash payment under an Award of Restricted Stock Unitswas made based on incorrect financial results, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will review such grant, vesting, delivery or payment.  If the amount of the grant, vesting, delivery or payment would have been lower had the level of achievement of applicable financial performance goals been calculated based on the correct financial results, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, adjust (i.e., lower) the amount of such grant, vesting, delivery or payment so that it reflects the amount that would have applied based on the correct financial results and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, require the reimbursement by the Participant of any amount delivered or paid to or received by the Participant with respect to such Award. Additionally, Share deliveries or cash payments under this Agreement are subject to recovery by the Company to the extent required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

12. Parachute Payments.  In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Participant under this Agreement or any other award under the Plan in connection with a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, (collectively, the “Change in Control Payments”) would (i) constitute (together with other payments or benefits contingent on a Change in Control) a “parachute payment” within the meaning of section 280G of the Code or any successor provision and (ii) but for this section, be subject to the excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the Code or any successor provision (the “Excise Tax”), then the Participant shall receive:

(C) the full amount of such Change in Control Payments, or

(D) such lesser amount of such Change in Control Payments, which would result in no portion of such Change in Control Payments being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the Participant, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of payments or benefits contingent on the Change in Control (including without limitation the Change in Control Payments), notwithstanding that all or some portion of such Change in Control Payments may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.

Any determination required under this section shall be made in writing by an independent public accounting firm or other independent third party selected by the Company (the “Accountants”), whose costs shall be paid by the Company and whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Company for all purposes.  For purposes of making the calculations required by this section, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  The Company and Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this section.  In the event the Accountants determine the Change in Control Payments are to be reduced under (B) above, such reduction shall first be made as to any such Share payment or benefit under any Plan awards in reverse chronological order of the grant date, then any such cash payment or benefit under any Plan awards in reverse chronological order of the grant date.

13. Committee Authority.  The Committee will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not the Restriction Period has expired or terminated). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons.

14. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements and understandings of the parties, either express or implied.

ePlus inc.		Participant
By:
	Name	Name
	Title	Date

EX-10.45

Exhibit 10.45

AMENDMENT # l

 TO

 DEED OF LEASE

THIS AMENDMENT #1 TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the "Amendment") is made as of the 1st day of July 2007, by and between ePLUS, INC. ("Tenant"), and Norton Building 1 LLC ("Landlord").

WHEREAS, the Landlord is the owner of certain property, located in Fairfax County, Virginia, with a street address of 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, Virginia (the "Property"), improved by a two-story office building located thereon (the "Building");

and,

WHEREAS, the Tenant and Landlord are parties to that certain LEASE AGREEMENT dated as of December 23, 2004 (the "Lease"); and,

WHEREAS, the Tenant and Landlord desire to enter modify the Lease to provide for the occupancy of the entire Premises, upon the terms and conditions more particularly set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending legally to be bound, hereby covenant and agree as set forth below:

1. The capitalized terms contained in this Amendment and not herein defined shall have the same meanings as ascribed to them in the Lease.

2. Section 1.1(b) is modified to provide that Base Rent from and after July 1, 2007 shall be $20.18 per square foot, subject to annual increases as set forth in Section 3.22, the next of which shall be on January 1, 2008.

3. Section 1.1(f) is modified to provide that, as of July 1, 2007, the Leased Premises shall mean approximately 55,880 square feet of net rentable area which constitutes the entire Building.

4. Section 3.1 is modified to provide that the Base Rent as of July 1, 2007 shall be $93,971.53 per month.

5. Section 3.2 is modified to provide that, effective for periods on or after July 1, 2007, the annual credit related to Tenant improvements shall be $1.73 per square foot (pro-rated for partial annual periods).

6. Section 4.1 is modified to substitute 94.946% for 89.893% in both places it appears for calendar year 2007 and to substitute 100% for 89,893% in both places it appears for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2008.

7. A second paragraph is added to Section 8.1 providing:

"Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has installed a double door to provide access from the additional space leased to the loading dock. Said improvements are accepted "AS IS" in accordance with the initial paragraph of Section 8.1."

8. Section 18.6 Notices is modified to read:

"Whenever notice is required or desired to be given under this Lease, such notice shall be in writing (unless otherwise stated ) and shall be deemed to have been given when hand-delivered, one (1) business day after being sent by overnight delivery or courier service, or three (3) business days after being sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows: (i) if to Landlord, at 1166 Chain Bridge Rd, McLean, VA 22101 with a copy to Michael W. Scott, Attorney, 502 Arnon Ridge Court, Great Falls, VA 22066; (ii) if to Tenant, at 13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, Virginia 20170. Either party may change its address for the giving of notices by notice given in accordance with this Section."

9. Except as modified as provided in this Amendment all terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment under seal on the day and year first above written.

TENANT:

EPLUS

By: /s/ Steve Mencarini

Name: Steve Mencarini

Title: Chief Financial Officer

LANDLORD:

NORTON BUILDING 1, LLC

By: /s/ Michael W. Scott

Name: Michael W. Scott

Title: Manager

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of ePlus inc.

ePlus Group, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Technology, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Government, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Systems, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Content Services, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Systems, inc.

ePlus Canada Company, registered in Canada, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Capital, inc.

ePlus Capital, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Document Systems, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Jamaica, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Group, inc.

ePlus Iceland, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Group, inc.

ePlus Technology Services, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-91909 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-153639 and 333-186879 on Form S-8 of our reports dated June 5, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule of ePlus inc. and the effectiveness of ePlus inc.'s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc. for the year ended March 31, 2013.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

June 5, 2013

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Phillip G. Norton, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15 (f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ PHILLIP G. NORTON

Phillip G. Norton

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Elaine D. Marion, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15 (f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

Elaine D. Marion

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of ePlus inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), the undersigned hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the undersigned's best knowledge and belief:

a) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ePlus inc.

Date: June 5, 2013

/s/ PHILLIP G. NORTON

Phillip G. Norton Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

Elaine D. Marion Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to ePlus and will be retained by us and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

EARNINGS PER SHARE [Abstract]

EARNINGS PER SHARE

9. EARNINGS PER SHARE

During the preparation of the Form 10-Q for the three months ended December 31, 2012, we reviewed our restricted stock awards ("RSAs") agreements and identified that certain RSAs issued contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends issued prior to vesting. As a result, those RSAs are considered participating securities which requires us to use the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per shares. Accordingly, we have corrected our reported earnings per share for the corresponding periods. The weighted average shares outstanding for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 used to calculate diluted earnings per common share decreased by 119 thousand and 70 thousand, respectively. Basic earnings per share for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 decreased by $0.10 and $0.06, respectively. Diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 decreased by $0.05 and $0.04, respectively.

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common shareholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of "in-the-money" stock options and other common stock equivalents during each period.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands, except per share data).

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Basic and diluted shares outstanding
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic		7,810		8,002		8,201
Effect of dilutive shares		93		93		152
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted		7,903		8,095		8,353
Calculation of earnings per share - basic
Net earnings	$	34,830	$	23,367	$	23,727
Net earnings attributable to participating securities		668		764		524
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders	$	34,162	$	22,603	$	23,203
Earnings per share - basic	$	4.37	$	2.82	$	2.83
Calculation of earnings per share - diluted
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders— basic	$	34,162	$	22,603	$	23,203
Add: undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities		4		8		9
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders— diluted	$	34,166	$	22,612	$	23,213
Earnings per share - diluted	$	4.32	$	2.79	$	2.78

All unexercised stock options were included in the computations of diluted earnings per common share for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
Reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance				$ 316,000				$ 719,000	$ 316,000	$ 719,000	$ 461,000
Additions for uncertain tax positions									0	0	403,000
Reductions to uncertain tax positions									0	(403,000)	(145,000)
Ending balance	316,000				316,000				316,000	316,000	719,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate	434,000				424,000				434,000	424,000
Interest on income taxes expense included in statement of operation									17,000	31,000
Accrued interest on income taxes	197,000				180,000				197,000	180,000
Reconciliation of income taxes to the statutory rate [Abstract]
Statutory federal income tax rate (in hundredths)									35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Income tax expense computed at the U.S. statutory federal rate									20,555,000	13,850,000	14,199,000
State income tax expense - net of federal benefit									2,894,000	2,096,000	1,861,000
Non-deductible executive compensation									150,000	152,000	81,000
Other									316,000	109,000	700,000
Provision for income taxes									23,915,000	16,207,000	16,841,000
Effective income tax rate (in hundredths)									40.70%	41.00%	41.50%
Current:
Federal									20,041,000	12,266,000	10,604,000
State									4,453,000	3,088,000	3,774,000
Foreign									36,000	59,000	39,000
Total current expense									24,530,000	15,413,000	14,417,000
Deferred:
Federal									(581,000)	814,000	2,846,000
State									(34,000)	(20,000)	(422,000)
Total deferred expense (benefit)									(615,000)	794,000	2,424,000
Provision for income taxes	5,043,000	6,496,000	6,875,000	5,501,000	3,152,000	5,691,000	4,784,000	2,580,000	23,915,000	16,207,000	16,841,000
Deferred Tax Assets:
Accrued vacation	1,345,000				1,174,000				1,345,000	1,174,000	1,174,000
Provision for bad debts	1,997,000				2,149,000				1,997,000	2,149,000	1,024,000
State net operating loss carryforward	1,505,000				1,217,000				1,505,000	1,217,000	1,296,000
Basis difference in fixed assets	0				0				0	0	147,000
Book compensation on discounted stock options	77,000				262,000				77,000	262,000	611,000
Deferred compensation	898,000				797,000				898,000	797,000	716,000
Deferred revenue	221,000				140,000				221,000	140,000	203,000
Foreign tax credit	0				0				0	0	72,000
Federal net operating loss carry forward	168,000				111,000				168,000	111,000	0
Other accruals and reserves	2,043,000				1,918,000				2,043,000	1,918,000	1,206,000
Gross deferred tax assets	8,254,000				7,768,000				8,254,000	7,768,000	6,449,000
Less: valuation allowance	(1,505,000)				(1,217,000)				(1,505,000)	(1,217,000)	(1,296,000)
Net deferred tax assets	6,749,000				6,551,000				6,749,000	6,551,000	5,153,000
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Basis difference in fixed assets	(491,000)				(378,000)				(491,000)	(378,000)	0
Basis difference in operating lease items	(8,765,000)				(9,764,000)				(8,765,000)	(9,764,000)	(8,645,000)
Basis difference in tax deductible goodwill	(2,288,000)				(2,195,000)				(2,288,000)	(2,195,000)	(735,000)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(11,544,000)				(12,337,000)				(11,544,000)	(12,337,000)	(9,380,000)
Net deferred tax liabilities	(4,795,000)				(5,786,000)				(4,795,000)	(5,786,000)	(4,227,000)
State and Local Jurisdiction [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	$ 28,000,000								$ 28,000,000
Expiration date									2023

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012		Mar. 31, 2011
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS [Abstract]
Sales of product and services	$ 936,228		$ 784,951		$ 672,303
Financing revenue	38,384		30,899		35,367
Fee and other income	8,500		9,731		10,720
Patent settlement income	0		0		125
TOTAL REVENUES	983,112		825,581		718,515
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Cost of sales, product and services	767,447		645,558		551,860
Direct lease costs	10,892		8,508		9,212
Total cost of sales	778,339		654,066		561,072
Professional and other fees	13,098		11,744		15,383
Salaries and benefits	110,963		98,268		84,247
General and administrative expenses	20,099		20,499		14,681
Interest and financing costs	1,868		1,430		2,564
Total expenses	146,028		131,941		116,875
TOTAL COSTS AND EXPENSES	924,367		786,007		677,947
EARNINGS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES	58,745		39,574		40,568
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES	23,915		16,207		16,841
NET EARNINGS	$ 34,830		$ 23,367		$ 23,727
NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE-BASIC (In dollars per share)	$ 4.37	[1]	$ 2.82	[1]	$ 2.83
NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE-DILUTED (In dollars per share)	$ 4.32	[1]	$ 2.79	[1]	$ 2.78
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING-BASIC (In shares)	7,809,938		8,002,191		8,200,577
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING-DILUTED (In shares)	7,902,871		8,095,192		8,352,921

[1] Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

XML

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT - NET

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT - NET [Abstract]

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT - NET

2. INVESTMENTS IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT—NET

Our investment in leases and leased equipment—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net	$	66,243	$	95,460
Investment in operating lease equipment—net		24,467		20,514
	$	90,710	$	115,974

INVESTMENT IN DIRECT FINANCING AND SALES-TYPE LEASES—NET

Our investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2013			2012
Minimum lease payments	$	64,614		$	99,747
Estimated unguaranteed residual value (1)		7,557			6,917
Initial direct costs, net of amortization (2)		684			797
Less: Unearned lease income		(5,767	)		(10,665	)
Less: Reserve for credit losses (3)		(845	)		(1,336	)
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net	$	66,243		$	95,460

(1) Includes estimated unguaranteed residual values of $3,361 thousand and $1,700 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for direct financing leases which have been sold and accounted for as sales under Codification Topic Transfers and Servicing.

(2) Initial direct costs are shown net of amortization of $479 thousand and $512 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(3) For details on reserve for credit losses, refer to Note 4, "Reserves for Credit Losses."

Future scheduled minimum lease payments as of March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2014	$	30,877
2015		19,653
2016		10,905
2017		2,781
2018 and thereafter		398
Total	$	64,614

Our net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases for certain lease agreements serves as collateral for non-recourse and recourse equipment notes. See Note 7, "Notes Payable and Credit Facility."

We enter into agreements to sell the financing receivables associated with certain notes receivables and investments in direct financing leases, which are accounted for as sales under Codification Topic, Transfer and Servicing. We recognized a net gain for these sales of $7.1 million, $3.9 million and $2.2 million in financing revenues in the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total proceeds from the sale of financing receivables were $142.3 million, $62.4 million and $63.6 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

INVESTMENT IN OPERATING LEASE EQUIPMENT—NET

Investment in operating lease equipment—net primarily represents leases that do not qualify as direct financing leases. The components of the investment in operating lease equipment—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2013			2012
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	46,106		$	44,487
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(21,639	)		(23,973	)
Investment in operating lease equipment—net (1)	$	24,467		$	20,514

(1) Includes estimated unguaranteed residual values of $7,763 thousand and $7,802 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Future scheduled minimum lease rental payments as of March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2014	$	10,336
2015		6,149
2016		1,946
2017		149
2018 and thereafter		30
Total	$	18,610

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(Dollars in 000's)

	Balance at		Charged to
	Beginning of		Costs and			Deductions/			Balance at End
	Period		Expenses			Write-Offs			of Period
Allowance for Sales Returns (1)
Year Ended March 31, 2011	$	330	$	689		$	(672	)	$	347
Year Ended March 31, 2012		347		1,054			(974	)		427
Year Ended March 31, 2013		427		1,404			(1,288	)		543
Reserve for Credit Losses
Year Ended March 31, 2011	$	3,585	$	85		$	(899	)	$	2,771
Year Ended March 31, 2012		2,771		3,212			(377	)		5,606
Year Ended March 31, 2013		5,606		(334	)		(144	)		5,128
Valuation for Deferred Taxes
Year Ended March 31, 2011	$	1,250	$	46		$	-		$	1,296
Year Ended March 31, 2012		1,296		(79	)		-			1,217
Year Ended March 31, 2013		1,217		288			-			1,505

(1) These amounts represent the gross margin effect of sales returns during the respective years. Expected merchandise returns after year-end for sales made before year-end were $3.4 million, $3.2 million, and $2.8 million as of March 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

XML

QUARTERLY DATA -UNAUDITED (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Sep. 30, 2012		Jun. 30, 2012		Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Sep. 30, 2011		Jun. 30, 2011		Mar. 31, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012		Mar. 31, 2011
Total revenues	$ 236,312		$ 242,025		$ 260,051		$ 244,724		$ 218,999		$ 224,028		$ 203,655		$ 178,899		$ 983,112		$ 825,581		$ 718,515
Total costs and expenses	223,567		226,496		243,143		231,161		211,990		209,594		191,807		172,616		924,367		786,007		677,947
Earnings before provision for income taxes	12,745		15,529		16,908		13,563		7,009		14,434		11,848		6,283		58,745		39,574		40,568
Provision for income taxes	5,043		6,496		6,875		5,501		3,152		5,691		4,784		2,580		23,915		16,207		16,841
Net earnings	7,702		9,033		10,033		8,062		3,857		8,743		7,064		3,703		34,830		23,367		23,727
Net earnings per common share - Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.96	[1]	$ 1.11	[1]	$ 1.26	[1]	$ 1.01	[1]	$ 0.48	[1]	$ 1.08	[1]	$ 0.83	[1]	$ 0.43	[1]	$ 4.37	[1]	$ 2.82	[1]	$ 2.83
Net earnings per common share - Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.95	[1]	$ 1.11	[1]	$ 1.25	[1]	$ 1.00	[1]	$ 0.48	[1]	$ 1.07	[1]	$ 0.82	[1]	$ 0.43	[1]	$ 4.32	[1]	$ 2.79	[1]	$ 2.78
Scenario, Previously Reported [Member]
Total revenues					260,051		244,724		218,999		224,028		203,655		178,899
Total costs and expenses					243,143		231,161		211,990		209,594		191,807		172,616
Earnings before provision for income taxes					16,908		13,563		7,009		14,434		11,848		6,283
Provision for income taxes					6,875		5,501		3,152		5,691		4,784		2,580
Net earnings					10,033		8,062		3,857		8,743		7,064		3,703
Net earnings per common share - Basic (in dollars per share)					$ 1.29	[1]	$ 1.04	[1]	$ 0.50	[1]	$ 1.12	[1]	$ 0.87	[1]	$ 0.45	[1]
Net earnings per common share - Diluted (in dollars per share)					$ 1.27	[1]	$ 1.02	[1]	$ 0.49	[1]	$ 1.10	[1]	$ 0.85	[1]	$ 0.44	[1]
Adjustment [Member]
Total revenues					0		0		0		0		0		0
Total costs and expenses					0		0		0		0		0		0
Earnings before provision for income taxes					0		0		0		0		0		0
Provision for income taxes					0		0		0		0		0		0
Net earnings					$ 0		$ 0		$ 0		$ 0		$ 0		$ 0
Net earnings per common share - Basic (in dollars per share)					$ (0.03)	[1]	$ (0.03)	[1]	$ (0.02)	[1]	$ (0.04)	[1]	$ (0.04)	[1]	$ (0.02)	[1]
Net earnings per common share - Diluted (in dollars per share)					$ (0.02)	[1]	$ (0.02)	[1]	$ (0.01)	[1]	$ (0.03)	[1]	$ (0.03)	[1]	$ (0.01)	[1]

[1] Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

On August 13, 2012, our Board authorized a new share repurchase plan which authorized share repurchases up to 500,000 shares commencing on September 16, 2012, through September 15, 2013. The purchases may be made from time to time in the open market, or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to availability. Any repurchased shares will have the status of treasury shares and may be used, when needed, for general corporate purposes.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, we repurchased 19,423 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $29.46 per share for a total purchase price of $572 thousand. Since the inception of our initial repurchase program on September 20, 2001 to March 31, 2013, we have repurchased 4.7 million shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $13.94 per share for a total purchase price of $65.3 million.

On December 4, 2012, our Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend on our common stock of $2.50 per share, which was paid to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 17, 2012. The dividend was paid on December 26, 2012.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013 Defendant	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011	May 19, 2009 Defendant
Legal Proceedings [Abstract]
Number of defendants infringing patents				4
Number of defendants entered into agreement	3
Rent expense	$ 3,500,000	$ 2,400,000	$ 2,100,000
Future Minimum Lease Payments [Abstract]
Year ended March 31, 2014	3,347,000
2015	1,974,000
2016	844,000
2017	439,000
2018 and thereafter	205,000
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments Due	$ 6,809,000

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2010	Mar. 31, 2013 Allowance for Sales Returns [Member]		Mar. 31, 2012 Allowance for Sales Returns [Member]		Mar. 31, 2011 Allowance for Sales Returns [Member]		Mar. 31, 2013 Reserve for Credit Losses [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Reserve for Credit Losses [Member]	Mar. 31, 2011 Reserve for Credit Losses [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Valuation for Deferred Taxes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Valuation for Deferred Taxes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2011 Valuation for Deferred Taxes [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period				$ 427,000	[1]	$ 347,000	[1]	$ 330,000	[1]	$ 5,606,000	$ 2,771,000	$ 3,585,000	$ 1,217,000	$ 1,296,000	$ 1,250,000
Charged to Costs and Expenses				1,404,000	[1]	1,054,000	[1]	689,000	[1]	(334,000)	3,212,000	85,000	288,000	(79,000)	46,000
Deductions/Write-Offs				(1,288,000)	[1]	(974,000)	[1]	(672,000)	[1]	(144,000)	(377,000)	(899,000)	0	0	0
Balance at End of Period				543,000	[1]	427,000	[1]	347,000	[1]	5,128,000	5,606,000	2,771,000	1,505,000	1,217,000	1,296,000
Expected merchandise returns	$ 3,400,000	$ 3,200,000	$ 2,800,000

[1] These amounts represent the gross margin effect of sales returns during the respective years. Expected merchandise returns after year-end for sales made before year-end were $3.4 million, $3.2 million, and $2.8 million as of March 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

XML

QUARTERLY DATA -UNAUDITED (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

QUARTERLY DATA -UNAUDITED [Abstract]

Condensed Quarterly Financial Information

We reviewed our RSA agreements and identified that certain RSAs issued contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends prior to their vesting. As a result, those RSAs are considered participating securities which requires us to use the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per shares. Accordingly, we have corrected our reported earnings per share for the corresponding periods. Condensed quarterly financial information is as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended March 31, 2013
	First Quarter							Second Quarter							Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Annual Amount
	Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-
	Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		As reported		As reported		As reported
Total revenues	$	244,724	$	-		$	244,724	$	260,051	$	-		$	260,051	$	242,025	$	236,312	$	983,112
Total costs and expenses		231,161		-			231,161		243,143		-			243,143		226,496		223,567		924,367
Earnings before provision for income taxes		13,563		-			13,563		16,908		-			16,908		15,529		12,745		58,745
Provision for income taxes		5,501		-			5,501		6,875		-			6,875		6,496		5,043		23,915
Net earnings	$	8,062	$	-		$	8,062	$	10,033	$	-		$	10,033	$	9,033	$	7,702	$	34,830
Net earnings per common share—Basic (1)	$	1.04	$	(0.03	)	$	1.01	$	1.29	$	(0.03	)	$	1.26	$	1.11	$	0.96	$	4.37
Net earnings per common share—Diluted (1)	$	1.02	$	(0.02	)	$	1.00	$	1.27	$	(0.02	)	$	1.25	$	1.11	$	0.95	$	4.32

	Year Ended March 31, 2012
	First Quarter							Second Quarter							Third Quarter							Fourth Quarter							Annual Amount
	Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-
	Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		As restated
Total revenues	$	178,899	$	-		$	178,899	$	203,655	$	-		$	203,655	$	224,028	$	-		$	224,028	$	218,999	$	-		$	218,999	$	825,581
Total costs and expenses		172,616		-			172,616		191,807		-			191,807		209,594		-			209,594		211,990		-			211,990		786,007
Earnings before provision for income taxes		6,283		-			6,283		11,848		-			11,848		14,434		-			14,434		7,009		-			7,009		39,574
Provision for income taxes		2,580		-			2,580		4,784		-			4,784		5,691		-			5,691		3,152		-			3,152		16,207
Net earnings	$	3,703	$	-		$	3,703	$	7,064	$	-		$	7,064	$	8,743	$	-		$	8,743	$	3,857	$	-		$	3,857	$	23,367
Net earnings per common share—Basic (1)	$	0.45	$	(0.02	)	$	0.43	$	0.87	$	(0.04	)	$	0.83	$	1.12	$	(0.04	)	$	1.08	$	0.50	$	(0.02	)	$	0.48	$	2.82
Net earnings per common share—Diluted (1)	$	0.44	$	(0.01	)	$	0.43	$	0.85	$	(0.03	)	$	0.82	$	1.10	$	(0.03	)	$	1.07	$	0.49	$	(0.01	)	$	0.48	$	2.79

(1) Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

Components of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Our goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2013		March 31, 2012
Goodwill	$	28,660	$	28,444
Customer relationships		2,897		3,902
Capitalized software development		1,407		1,173
	$	32,964	$	33,519

Summary of Goodwill Allocated to Reporting Units

Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets we have acquired in business combinations. The following table summarizes the amount of goodwill allocated to our reporting units (in thousands):

	Financing Segment			Technology Segment
Reporting Units:	Financing			Technology		Software Procurement			Software Document Management		Total
Balance April 1, 2012
Goodwill	$	4,029		$	27,355	$	4,644		$	1,089	$	37,117
Accumulated impairment losses		(4,029	)		-		(4,644	)		-		(8,673	)
		-			27,355		-			1,089		28,444
Purchase accounting adjustments		-			216		-			-		216
Balance March 31, 2013
Goodwill		4,029			27,571		4,644			1,089		37,333
Accumulated impairment losses		(4,029	)		-		(4,644	)		-		(8,673	)
Goodwill - net balance March 31, 2013	$	-		$	27,571	$	-		$	1,089	$	28,660

XML

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT - NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT - NET [Abstract]

Components of Investments in Leases

Our investment in leases and leased equipment—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		March 31,
	2013		2012
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net	$	66,243	$	95,460
Investment in operating lease equipment—net		24,467		20,514
	$	90,710	$	115,974

Investment in Direct Financing and Sales-type Leases - Net

Our investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2013			2012
Minimum lease payments	$	64,614		$	99,747
Estimated unguaranteed residual value (1)		7,557			6,917
Initial direct costs, net of amortization (2)		684			797
Less: Unearned lease income		(5,767	)		(10,665	)
Less: Reserve for credit losses (3)		(845	)		(1,336	)
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases—net	$	66,243		$	95,460

(1) Includes estimated unguaranteed residual values of $3,361 thousand and $1,700 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for direct financing leases which have been sold and accounted for as sales under Codification Topic Transfers and Servicing.

(2) Initial direct costs are shown net of amortization of $479 thousand and $512 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(3) For details on reserve for credit losses, refer to Note 4, "Reserves for Credit Losses."

Future Scheduled Minimum Lease Payments

Future scheduled minimum lease payments as of March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2014	$	30,877
2015		19,653
2016		10,905
2017		2,781
2018 and thereafter		398
Total	$	64,614

Investment in Operating Lease Equipment - Net

Investment in operating lease equipment—net primarily represents leases that do not qualify as direct financing leases. The components of the investment in operating lease equipment—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2013			2012
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	46,106		$	44,487
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(21,639	)		(23,973	)
Investment in operating lease equipment—net (1)	$	24,467		$	20,514

(1) Includes estimated unguaranteed residual values of $7,763 thousand and $7,802 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases

Future scheduled minimum lease rental payments as of March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2014	$	10,336
2015		6,149
2016		1,946
2017		149
2018 and thereafter		30
Total	$	18,610

XML

OTHER ASSETS AND ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Other Assets [Abstract]
Unbilled accounts receivable	$ 3,095	$ 4,304
Prepaid assets	2,667	2,215
Other	3,345	2,575
Total other assets	9,107	9,094
Accrued expenses and other liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	9,533	15,386
Other	10,731	9,501
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities	$ 20,264	$ 24,887

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]

Summary of Stock Option Activity

A summary of stock option activity during the year ended March 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Number of Shares			Exercise Price Range		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, April 1, 2012		145,000		$	7.14 - $15.25	$	11.91
Options exercised (1)		(105,000	)	$	7.14 - $15.25	$	11.12
Outstanding, March 31, 2013		40,000		$	12.73 - $15.25	$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800
Vested at March 31, 2013		40,000				$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800
Exercisable at March 31, 2013		40,000				$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800

(1) The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended March 31, 2013 was $2.9 million.

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Options Outstanding and Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Options Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)
$12.73		20,000	$	12.73		2.5
$15.25		20,000	$	15.25		0.5
$12.73 - $15.25		40,000	$	13.99		1.5

Summary of Nonvested Restricted Shares

A summary of the non-vested restricted shares is as follows:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2012		276,130		$	20.75
Granted		105,198		$	32.71
Vested		(132,244	)	$	19.84
Forfeited		(3,036	)	$	23.76
Nonvested March 31, 2013		246,048		$	26.32

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Property, Plant and Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	4,300	5,100
Other Assets	9,107	9,094
CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO CUSTOMERS [Abstract]
Capitalized software development costs for software sold to customers	351	116
Capitalized for software sold to customers cost included in other assets	642	382
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]
Reporting units	4
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration benchmark	10.00%
Product sales [Member] | Cisco [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Percentage of concentration risk (in hundredths)	48.00%	45.00%	40.00%
Product sales [Member] | Hewlett Packard [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Percentage of concentration risk (in hundredths)	11.00%	15.00%	19.00%
Total revenue [Member] | Large Telecommunications Company [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Percentage of concentration risk (in hundredths)	14.00%
Software capitalized for internal [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	171	600
Other Assets	766	790
Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	3 years
Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	10 years
Technology hardware [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	3 years
Software [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	5 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	5 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	10 years
Telephone equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	7 years

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2012		Sep. 30, 2012		Jun. 30, 2012		Mar. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011		Sep. 30, 2011		Jun. 30, 2011		Mar. 31, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012		Mar. 31, 2011
Weighted average number diluted shares outstanding adjustment [Abstract]
Weighted average decrease in the effect of dilutive shares (in shares)																			119,000		70,000
Decrease in basic earnings per share (in dollars per shares)																			$ 0.10		$ 0.06
Decrease in diluted earnings per share (in dollars per shares)																			$ 0.05		$ 0.04
Basic and Diluted Shares Outstanding [Abstract]
Weighted average shares outstanding-basic (in shares)																	7,809,938		8,002,191		8,200,577
Effect of dilutive shares (in shares)																	92,933		93,001		152,344
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted (in shares)																	7,902,871		8,095,192		8,352,921
Calculation of Earnings Per Share - Basic [Abstract]
Net earnings	$ 7,702		$ 9,033		$ 10,033		$ 8,062		$ 3,857		$ 8,743		$ 7,064		$ 3,703		$ 34,830		$ 23,367		$ 23,727
Net earnings attributable to shareholders with participating rights																	668		764		524
Net earnings attributable to common share holders																	34,162		22,603		23,203
Net earnings per common share - Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.96	[1]	$ 1.11	[1]	$ 1.26	[1]	$ 1.01	[1]	$ 0.48	[1]	$ 1.08	[1]	$ 0.83	[1]	$ 0.43	[1]	$ 4.37	[1]	$ 2.82	[1]	$ 2.83
Calculation of Earnings Per Share - Diluted [Abstract]
Net earnings attributable to common share holders																	34,162		22,603		23,203
Add: undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities																	4		8		9
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders																	$ 34,166		$ 22,612		$ 23,213
Net earnings per common share - Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.95	[1]	$ 1.11	[1]	$ 1.25	[1]	$ 1.00	[1]	$ 0.48	[1]	$ 1.07	[1]	$ 0.82	[1]	$ 0.43	[1]	$ 4.32	[1]	$ 2.79	[1]	$ 2.78

[1] Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY [Abstract]

Non-recourse and Recourse Obligations

Recourse and non-recourse obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Recourse note payable at 4.84% terminates on March 2, 2017	$	1,484	$	1,727
Non-recourse equipment notes secured by related investments in leases with interest rates ranging from2.00% to 10.0% at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012	$	40,255	$	26,328

Recourse and non-recourse Notes Payable

Recourse and non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2013, mature as follows (in thousands):

	Recourse Notes		Non-Recourse
	Payable		Notes Payable
Year ending March 31, 2014	$	390	$	22,169
2015		390		13,126
2016		390		4,553
2017		314		401
2018 and thereafter		-		6
	$	1,484	$	40,255

XML

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012		Mar. 31, 2011
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 5,606,000		$ 2,771,000		$ 3,585,000
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries	(333,000)		3,213,000		97,000
Write-offs and other	(144,000)		(378,000)		(911,000)
Balance at end of period	5,129,000		5,606,000		2,771,000
Minimum lease payments: [Abstract]
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	3,600,000
Total receivable	192,254,000		174,599,000
Accounts Receivable [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	1,307,000		944,000		1,580,000
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries	(19,000)		739,000		(252,000)
Write-offs and other	(141,000)		(376,000)		(384,000)
Balance at end of period	1,147,000		1,307,000		944,000
Minimum lease payments: [Abstract]
Total receivable			900,000
Notes Receivable [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	2,963,000		94,000		75,000
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries	174,000		2,869,000		19,000
Write-offs and other	0		0		0
Balance at end of period	3,137,000		2,963,000		94,000
Reserve for credit losses [Abstract]
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	310,000		298,000
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	2,827,000		2,665,000
Ending balance	3,137,000		2,963,000
Minimum lease payments: [Abstract]
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	31,793,000		22,944,000
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	3,237,000		4,356,000
Ending balance	35,030,000		27,300,000
Lease-Related Receivables [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	1,336,000	[1]	1,733,000		1,930,000
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries	(488,000)		(395,000)		330,000
Write-offs and other	(3,000)		(2,000)		(527,000)
Balance at end of period	845,000	[1]	1,336,000	[1]	1,733,000
Reserve for credit losses [Abstract]
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	747,000		1,314,000
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	98,000		22,000
Ending balance	845,000		1,336,000
Minimum lease payments: [Abstract]
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	64,246,000		99,545,000
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	368,000		202,000
Ending balance	64,614,000		99,747,000
Large law firm [Member]
Minimum lease payments: [Abstract]
Notes Receivable	3,400,000		4,200,000
Accounts receivable reserve			300,000
Total receivable			5,100,000
Estimated loss on receivable			2,900,000
Customer [Member]
Minimum lease payments: [Abstract]
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$ 3,400,000

[1] For details on reserve for credit losses, refer to Note 4, "Reserves for Credit Losses."

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — Our company was founded in 1990 and is a Delaware corporation. ePlus inc. is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as "we," "our," "us," "ourselves," or "ePlus." The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of businesses acquired during fiscal years 2012 and 2011 are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, reserves for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

REVENUE RECOGNITION — The majority of our revenues are derived from the following sources: sales of products, sales of third-party software, sales of services provided by us, sale of third-party maintenance and services, financing revenues and sales of our software. For all these revenue sources, we determine whether we are the principal or agent in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("Codification") Topic, Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Principal Agent Considerations. Our revenue recognition policies vary based upon these revenue sources.

Sales of Products and Services

Generally, sales of technology products and third-party software are recognized when the title and risk of loss are passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Using these tests, the vast majority of our product sales are recognized upon delivery due to our sales terms with our customers and with our vendors. For proper cutoff, we estimate the product delivered to our customers at the end of each quarter based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical delivery dates.

We also sell services that we perform in conjunction with product sales, and recognize revenue for these sales in accordance with the guidance from Codification Topic Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Multiple Elements Arrangements. Accordingly, we recognize sales from delivered items only when:

· the delivered services have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and

· delivery of the undelivered service is probable and substantially under our control.

For these "bundled arrangements", we allocate the total arrangement consideration to the deliverables based on an estimated selling price of our products and services. We determine the estimated selling price using cost plus a reasonable margin for each deliverable, which was based on our established policies for providing customers with quotes, as well as historical gross margins for our products and services. Revenue from the sales of products is generally recognized upon delivery to the customers and revenue for the services is generally recognized when the services are complete, which normally occurs within 90 to 120 days after the products are delivered to the customer.

We sell software assurance, maintenance and service contracts where the services are performed by a third-party. Software assurance is a maintenance product that allows customers to upgrade at no additional cost to the latest technology if new applications are introduced during the period that the software assurance is in effect. As we enter into contracts with third-party service providers, we evaluate whether we are acting as a principal or agent in the transaction. As our customers are aware that the third-party service provider is to provide the services to them and that we are not responsible for the day-to-day provision of services in these arrangements, we concluded that we are acting as an agent and recognize revenue on a net basis at the date of sale. Under net sales recognition, the cost paid to the third-party service provider or vendor is recorded as a reduction to sales of products and services.

We present freight billed to our customers within sales of product and services, and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales, product and services.

Financing Revenue

We lease products to customers generally that are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic, Leases. In connection with those leases, we may also finance third-party software and services for our customers, which are classified as notes receivable. The terms of the notes receivable are often similar to the terms of the leases of computer hardware; that is, receivables are interest bearing and are often due over a period of time that corresponds with the terms of the leased computer hardware.

The accounting for investments in leases and leased equipment is different depending on the type of lease. Each lease is classified as either a direct financing lease, sales-type lease, or operating lease, as appropriate. If a lease meets one or more of the following four criteria, the lease is classified as either a sales-type or direct financing lease; otherwise, it will be classified as an operating lease:

· the lease transfers ownership of the property to the lessee by the end of the lease term;

· the lease contains a bargain purchase option;

· the lease term is equal to 75 percent or more of the estimated economic life of the leased property; or

· the present value at the beginning of the lease term of the minimum lease payments equals or exceeds 90 percent of the fair value of the leased property at the inception of the lease.

Revenue on direct financing and sales-type leases is deferred at the inception of the leases and is recognized over the term of the lease using the interest method. Revenue from operating leases is recognized ratably on a straight line basis over the term of the lease agreement.

Codification Topic Transfers and Servicing, Subtopic Sales of Financial Assets, establishes criteria for determining whether a transfer of financial assets in exchange for cash or other consideration should be accounted for as a sale or as a pledge of collateral in a secured borrowing. Certain assignments of notes receivable and direct finance and sales-type leases we make on a non-recourse basis meet the criteria for surrender of control set forth by this subtopic and have therefore been treated as sales in our financial results. We recognize a net gain on these transactions, which is included within financing revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.

Revenues on the sales of equipment at the end of a lease are recognized at the date of sale. The net gain or loss on sales of such equipment is presented within financing revenues in our consolidated statements of operations.

Sales of Software

We recognize revenue for the licensing and hosting of our software in accordance with Codification Topic Software, Subtopic Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when all the following criteria exist:

· there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

· delivery has occurred;

· no significant obligations by us remain, which relate to services essential to the functionality of the software with regard to implementation;

· the sales price is determinable; and

· it is probable that collection will occur.

The majority of our agreements are fixed term license agreements and the revenue is recognized over the contract term. Revenue from the sale of a perpetual license is recognized upon installation of the software. We recognize revenue from hosting our proprietary software for our customers over the contract term. Our hosting arrangements do not contain a contractual right to take possession of the software. Revenue from sales of our software is derived by our technology segment and is included in fee and other income on our consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue from Other Transactions

Other sources of revenue are derived from: (1) income from events that occur after the initial sale of a financial asset; (2) remarketing fees; (3) agent fees received from various manufacturers in the IT reseller business unit; (4) settlement fees related to disputes or litigation; and (5) interest and other miscellaneous income. These revenues are included in fee and other income on our consolidated statements of operations.

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT — Investments in leases and leased equipment consists of investments in direct financing and sales-type leases and investments in operating leases.

At the inception of our direct financing and sales-type leases, we record the net investment in leases, which consists of the sum of the minimum lease payments, initial direct costs (direct financing leases only), and unguaranteed residual value (gross investment) less the unearned income. For direct financing leases, the difference between the gross investment and the cost of the leased equipment is recorded as unearned income at the inception of the lease. Under sales-type leases, the difference between the fair value and cost of the leased property plus initial direct costs (net margins) is recorded as unearned revenue at the inception of the lease.

At the inception of an operating lease, equipment under operating leases is recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over its useful life to the estimated residual value. The estimated useful lives for equipment under operating leases ranges based on the nature of the equipment. The estimated useful life for information technology equipment is 36 months, while that of medical equipment is between 24 and 36 months.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors, including consideration pursuant to volume sales incentive programs, volume purchase incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters' sales activities and are primarily formula-based. These programs can be very complex to calculate and, in some cases, targets are estimated based upon historical data.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to volume sales incentive programs is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales, product and services on the consolidated statements of operations in accordance with Codification Topic Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Vendor's Accounting for Consideration Given to a Customer.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to volume purchase incentive programs is allocated to inventory based on the applicable incentives from each vendor and is recorded in cost of sales, product and services, as the inventory is sold.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to shared marketing expense programs is recorded as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program takes place only if the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. Consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs is classified as a reduction of cost of sales, product and services.

RESIDUAL VALUES

RESIDUAL VALUES — Residual values, representing the unguaranteed estimated value of equipment at the termination of a lease, are recorded at the inception of each lease. The estimated residual values vary, both in amount and as a percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, manufacturer's discount, market conditions, term of the lease, equipment supply and demand and by new product announcements by manufacturers.

Unguaranteed residual values for direct financing and sales-type leases are recorded at their net present value and the unearned income is amortized over the life of the lease using the interest method. The residual values for operating leases are included in the leased equipment's net book value.

Residual values are evaluated on a quarterly basis and any impairment, other than temporary, is recorded in the period in which the impairment is determined. No upward revision of residual values is made subsequent to lease inception.

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES — Our receivables consist of accounts and notes receivable and minimum lease payments associated with our investments in direct financing and sales-type leases. We maintain our reserves for credit losses at a level believed to be adequate to absorb potential losses inherent in the respective balances. The reserve for credit losses is increased by provisions for potential credit losses, which increases expenses, and decreased by subsequent recoveries. The reserve for credit losses is decreased by write-offs and reductions to the provision for potential credit losses. Accounts are either written off or written down when the loss is both probable and determinable.

Management's determination of the adequacy of the reserves for credit losses for accounts and notes receivable is based on the age of the receivable balance, the customer's credit quality rating, an evaluation of historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. We assign an internal credit quality rating to all new customers and update these ratings regularly, but no less than annually. Also, management regularly reviews the notes receivable portfolio to assess whether any balances should be impaired or placed on nonaccrual status.

Investments in direct financing and sales-type leases consist of minimum lease payments, estimated unguaranteed residual values, initial direct costs and unearned lease income. Management's determination of the adequacy of the reserve for credit losses for the minimum lease payments may be based on the following factors: an internally assigned credit quality rating, historical credit loss experience, current economic conditions, volume, growth, the composition of the lease portfolio, the fair value of the underlying collateral, and the funding status (i.e. not funded, funded on a recourse or partial recourse basis, or funded on non-recourse basis). We assign an internal credit quality rating to each customer at the inception of the lease based on the customer's financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We update the internal credit quality rating at least annually or when an indicator of a change in credit quality arises, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy.

RESERVES FOR SALES RETURNS

RESERVES FOR SALES RETURNS — Sales are reported net of allowances for returns which is maintained at a level believed by management to be adequate to absorb potential returns of sales of product and services in accordance with Codification Topic Revenue, Subtopic Product. Management's determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume and other relevant factors. These determinations require considerable judgment in assessing the ultimate potential for sales returns and include consideration of the type and volume of products and services sold.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term U.S. treasury securities. There were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our market accounts as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS — We consider certificates of deposits with original maturities at the date of acquisition greater than 90 days but less than one year as short-term investments. Interest income is recognized when earned.

NOTES RECEIVABLE

NOTES RECEIVABLE — We finance other assets for our customers including software and services, which are accounted for as notes receivable. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method and reported within financing revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

INVENTORIES

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average basis) or market and are shown net of allowance for obsolescence of $125 thousand and $112 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment obtained through an acquisition are stated at the fair market value as of the acquisition date. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to ten years. Information Technology hardware is depreciated over three years. Software is depreciated over five years. Furniture and certain fixtures are depreciated over five to ten years. Telephone equipment is depreciated over seven years.

CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE FOR INTERNAL USE

CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE FOR INTERNAL USE — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the guidelines of Codification Topic Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. Software capitalized for internal use was $171 thousand and $600 thousand during the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, and is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other assets. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $766 thousand and $791 thousand at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO CUSTOMERS

CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO CUSTOMERS — In accordance with Codification Topic Software, Subtopic Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, software development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. At such time, such costs are capitalized until the product is made available for release to customers. We capitalized $351 thousand and $116 thousand for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively. We had $642 thousand and $382 thousand of capitalized costs, net of amortization, at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, which is included within other assets in the accompanying balance sheets

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets we have acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is assigned to a reporting unit on the acquisition date. During the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, we made acquisitions for the Technology reporting unit and have assigned goodwill to the Technology reporting unit. We have four reporting units based on the nature of the products and services offered: financing, technology, software procurement, and software document management.

We review our goodwill for impairment annually in the third quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include a sustained, significant decline in our share price and market capitalization, a decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition, and/or slower growth rates, among others.

We first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors we consider include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company specific events, changes in circumstances, after tax cash flows and market capitalization. If the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform the two step process to assess our goodwill for impairment. First, we compare the fair value of our reporting units with its carrying value. We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit using various valuation methodologies, including discounted expected future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a second test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure the amount of any impairment loss, we determine the fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if our reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that would yield the estimated fair value of goodwill. If the estimated fair value of goodwill is less than the goodwill recorded on our balance sheet, we record an impairment charge for the difference.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS —We review long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and other long term assets for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset. No impairment losses were recorded in the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT—We follow the guidance in Codification Topic Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures which governs fair value accounting for financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be disclosed at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risk inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Topic Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures establishes a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

· Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets;

· Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

· Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company's own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants.

This hierarchy requires us to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Our goodwill is subjected to non-recurring fair value measurement. For financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivables, notes receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities.

TREASURY STOCK

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders' equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. See Note 10, "Stockholders' Equity" for additional information.

INCOME TAXES

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic Income Taxes. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

EARNINGS PER SHARE—Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common shareholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of "in-the-money" stock options and other common stock equivalents during each period, (further discussed in Note 9 – Earnings Per Share).

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION —We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic Compensation—Stock Compensation. We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight line basis over the requisite service period and we estimate forfeitures based on historical experience. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS —We account for business combinations using the acquisition method in accordance with Codification Topic Business Combinations, which requires that the total purchase price of each of the acquired entities be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and assumed contractual commitments and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value.

Any premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets of the acquired business is recorded as goodwill. We recognize a gain in our income statement to the extent the purchase price is less than the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The results of operations for an acquired company are included in our financial statements from the date of acquisition.

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK—Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, notes receivable and investments in direct financing and sales-type leases. Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are maintained principally with financial institutions in the United States, which have high credit ratings. Risk on accounts receivable, notes receivable and investments in direct financing and sales-type leases is reduced by the large number of diverse industries comprising our customer base and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. Our credit risk is further mitigated through the underlying collateral and whether the lease is funded with recourse or non-recourse notes payable.

A substantial portion of our sales of product and services are from sales of Cisco and Hewlett Packard products, which represented approximately 48% and 11%, respectively, of our technology segment sales of product and services for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 45% and 15%, respectively, of our technology segment sales of product and services for the year ended March 31, 2012 and 40% and 19%, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2011. Any changes in our vendors' ability to provide products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

For the year ended March 31, 2013, sales to a large telecommunications company were approximately 14% of total revenues, all of which related to our technology segment. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, "Comprehensive Income" (ASU 2011-12), which amended existing guidance by allowing only two options for presenting the components of net income and other comprehensive income: (1) in a single continuous financial statement, statement of comprehensive income or (2) in two separate but consecutive financial statements, consisting of an income statement followed by a separate statement of other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 requires retrospective application, and it is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this amendment on April 1, 2012, and are presenting our components of net income and other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive financial statements.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net earnings	$ 34,830	$ 23,367	$ 23,727
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	12,168	9,365	9,972
Reserves for credit losses, inventory obsolescence and sales returns	(192)	3,244	303
Share-based compensation expense	3,283	2,392	1,258
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options	(1,648)	(740)	(601)
Tax benefit of stock options exercised	0	0	761
Deferred taxes	(991)	1,413	2,424
Payments from lessees directly to lenders-operating leases	(5,567)	(4,371)	(5,184)
Gain on disposal of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	(946)	(1,303)	(1,038)
Gain on sale of notes receivable	(2,997)	(2,915)	0
Excess increase in cash value of life insurance	(107)	(160)	(69)
Other	15	(208)	0
Changes in:
Accounts receivable - net	(17,840)	(50,430)	(11,330)
Notes receivable	550	(4,969)	(3,871)
Inventories-net	8,764	(13,775)	118
Investment in direct financing and sale-type leases-net	18,213	(12,117)	13,544
Deferred costs, other intangible assets, and other assets	(479)	20,126	(10,951)
Accounts payable-equipment	(11,708)	9,735	(33,644)
Accounts payable-trade	4,568	10,218	(3,490)
Salaries and commissions payable, deferred revenue and accrued expenses and other liabilities	1,354	(10,468)	8,673
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	41,270	(21,596)	(9,398)
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	1,923	2,176	4,208
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	(15,584)	(7,655)	(13,401)
Purchases of short-term investments	(1,233)	(7,396)	0
Maturities of short-term investments	7,647	0	0
Issuance of notes receivable	(87,859)	(65,678)	0
Repayments of notes receivable	26,913	16,713	0
Proceeds from sale or transfer of notes receivable	55,663	35,487	0
Premiums paid on life insurance	(128)	(65)	(146)
Cash used in acquisition, net of cash acquired	0	(11,805)	(1,761)
Net cash used in investing activities	(12,658)	(38,223)	(11,100)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	32,746	14,137	9,192
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	(3,105)	(3)	(5,881)
Repurchase of common stock	(1,890)	(19,418)	(2,652)
Dividends paid	(20,100)	0	0
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock through option exercise	1,167	623	3,679
Payments of contingent consideration	(473)	0	0
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation	1,648	740	601
Net (repayment) borrowings on floor plan facility	(19,660)	21,767	6,232
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(9,667)	17,846	11,171
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(3)	(5)	6
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents	18,942	(41,978)	(9,321)
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period	33,778	75,756	85,077
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period	52,720	33,778	75,756
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
Cash paid for interest	26	21	27
Cash paid for income taxes	24,200	7,544	15,220
Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
Purchase of property and equipment included in accounts payable	138	95	49
Purchase of operating lease equipment included in accounts payable	175	0	10
Sales of operating lease equipment included in accounts receivable	34	495	0
Principal payments from lessees directly to lenders	15,872	15,671	27,397
Vesting of share-based compensation	4,648	2,216	1,239
Contingent consideration	0	1,500	0
Dividends declared included in accrued expenses and other liabilities	$ 278	$ 0	$ 0

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]
Foreign currency translation adjustment, tax	$ 2	$ 1	$ 1

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

3. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As of March 31, 2013, we reclassified other intangible assets from other assets to goodwill and other intangible assets and conformed the presentation for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Our goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31, 2013		March 31, 2012
Goodwill	$	28,660	$	28,444
Customer relationships		2,897		3,902
Capitalized software development		1,407		1,173
	$	32,964	$	33,519

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets we have acquired in business combinations. The following table summarizes the amount of goodwill allocated to our reporting units (in thousands):

	Financing Segment			Technology Segment
Reporting Units:	Financing			Technology		Software Procurement			Software Document Management		Total
Balance April 1, 2012
Goodwill	$	4,029		$	27,355	$	4,644		$	1,089	$	37,117
Accumulated impairment losses		(4,029	)		-		(4,644	)		-		(8,673	)
		-			27,355		-			1,089		28,444
Purchase accounting adjustments		-			216		-			-		216
Balance March 31, 2013
Goodwill		4,029			27,571		4,644			1,089		37,333
Accumulated impairment losses		(4,029	)		-		(4,644	)		-		(8,673	)
Goodwill - net balance March 31, 2013	$	-		$	27,571	$	-		$	1,089	$	28,660

During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, we performed our annual impairment test of goodwill and concluded that the fair value of our Technology and Software Document Management reporting units were in excess of their respective book values. As part of our annual assessment, we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and estimated the fair values of our reporting units using the best information available, including prices for similar assets and liabilities and other valuation techniques. We employed both the market approach and the income approach to determine fair value. The market approach measures the value of an entity through an analysis of recent sales or by comparison to comparable companies. The income approach measures the value of an entity by discounting expected future cash flows.

Under the market approach, we used the guideline public company method and similar transactions method. Under the guideline public company method, we analyzed companies that were in the same industry, performed the same or similar services, had similar operations, and are considered competitors. Multiples that related to some level of earnings or revenue were considered most appropriate for the industry in which we operate. The multiples selected were based on our analysis of the guideline companies' profitability ratios and return to investors. We compared our reporting units' size and ranking against the guideline companies, taking into consideration risk, profitability and growth along with guideline medians and averages. We then selected pricing multiples, adjusted appropriately for size and risk, to apply to our reporting units' financial data.

Multiples were weighted based on the consistency and comparability of the guideline companies along with the respective reporting units, including margins, profitability and leverage. For each of the reporting units, we used the following multiples: enterprise value ("EV") to trailing twelve months ("TTM") revenue, EV to TTM earnings before interest and taxes ("EBIT"), and EV to forward twelve months revenue. Under the similar transactions method, we examined the recently completed transactions of sales of stock of private or public companies, which are in the same industry or similar lines of business to compute the enterprise value to trailing twelve months revenue multiple. This multiple, adjusted for differences in size, was used to estimate the fair value.

Under the income approach, we used the discounted future cash flow method to estimate the fair value of each of the reporting units by discounting the expected future cash flows to their present value using the weighted average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk involved in our reporting units and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of our model, we used a terminal value approach. Under this approach, we used the estimated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization in the final year of our model, adjusted to estimate a normalized cash flow, applied a perpetuity growth assumption and discounted by a perpetuity discount factor to determine the terminal value. We incorporated the present value of the resulting terminal value into our estimate of fair value.

The estimated fair value of our reporting units is dependent on several significant assumptions underlying our forecasted cash flows and weighted average cost of capital. The forecasted cash flows were based on management's best estimates after considering economic and market conditions over the projection period, including business plans, growth rates in sales, costs, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins and cash expenditures. Any adverse change including a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; or slower growth rates may impact our ability to meet our forecasted cash flow estimates.

The fair value of our Technology and Software Document Management reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values as of October 1, 2012, and our conclusions regarding the recoverability of goodwill would not have been impacted by a 10% change in the fair values.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, our other intangible assets were $4.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively, which consist of customer relationships and capitalized software development costs.

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of customer relationships were $6.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2013, and $6.5 million and $2.6 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2012. The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of capitalized software development costs were $1.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2013 and $1.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2012. Customer relationships and capitalized software development costs are amortized over their estimated useful live, which is generally between 3 to 5 years.

Total amortization expense was $1.3 million, $0.5 million, and $138 thousand for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amortization expense is estimated to be $1.3 million, $1.1 million, $1.1 million, $0.7 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — Our company was founded in 1990 and is a Delaware corporation. ePlus inc. is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as "we," "our," "us," "ourselves," or "ePlus." The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of businesses acquired during fiscal years 2012 and 2011 are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, reserves for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — The majority of our revenues are derived from the following sources: sales of products, sales of third-party software, sales of services provided by us, sale of third-party maintenance and services, financing revenues and sales of our software. For all these revenue sources, we determine whether we are the principal or agent in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("Codification") Topic, Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Principal Agent Considerations. Our revenue recognition policies vary based upon these revenue sources.

Sales of Products and Services

Generally, sales of technology products and third-party software are recognized when the title and risk of loss are passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement for sale, delivery has occurred and/or services have been rendered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Using these tests, the vast majority of our product sales are recognized upon delivery due to our sales terms with our customers and with our vendors. For proper cutoff, we estimate the product delivered to our customers at the end of each quarter based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical delivery dates.

We also sell services that we perform in conjunction with product sales, and recognize revenue for these sales in accordance with the guidance from Codification Topic Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Multiple Elements Arrangements. Accordingly, we recognize sales from delivered items only when:

· the delivered services have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and

· delivery of the undelivered service is probable and substantially under our control.

For these "bundled arrangements", we allocate the total arrangement consideration to the deliverables based on an estimated selling price of our products and services. We determine the estimated selling price using cost plus a reasonable margin for each deliverable, which was based on our established policies for providing customers with quotes, as well as historical gross margins for our products and services. Revenue from the sales of products is generally recognized upon delivery to the customers and revenue for the services is generally recognized when the services are complete, which normally occurs within 90 to 120 days after the products are delivered to the customer.

We sell software assurance, maintenance and service contracts where the services are performed by a third-party. Software assurance is a maintenance product that allows customers to upgrade at no additional cost to the latest technology if new applications are introduced during the period that the software assurance is in effect. As we enter into contracts with third-party service providers, we evaluate whether we are acting as a principal or agent in the transaction. As our customers are aware that the third-party service provider is to provide the services to them and that we are not responsible for the day-to-day provision of services in these arrangements, we concluded that we are acting as an agent and recognize revenue on a net basis at the date of sale. Under net sales recognition, the cost paid to the third-party service provider or vendor is recorded as a reduction to sales of products and services.

We present freight billed to our customers within sales of product and services, and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales, product and services.

Financing Revenue

We lease products to customers generally that are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic, Leases. In connection with those leases, we may also finance third-party software and services for our customers, which are classified as notes receivable. The terms of the notes receivable are often similar to the terms of the leases of computer hardware; that is, receivables are interest bearing and are often due over a period of time that corresponds with the terms of the leased computer hardware.

The accounting for investments in leases and leased equipment is different depending on the type of lease. Each lease is classified as either a direct financing lease, sales-type lease, or operating lease, as appropriate. If a lease meets one or more of the following four criteria, the lease is classified as either a sales-type or direct financing lease; otherwise, it will be classified as an operating lease:

· the lease transfers ownership of the property to the lessee by the end of the lease term;

· the lease contains a bargain purchase option;

· the lease term is equal to 75 percent or more of the estimated economic life of the leased property; or

· the present value at the beginning of the lease term of the minimum lease payments equals or exceeds 90 percent of the fair value of the leased property at the inception of the lease.

Revenue on direct financing and sales-type leases is deferred at the inception of the leases and is recognized over the term of the lease using the interest method. Revenue from operating leases is recognized ratably on a straight line basis over the term of the lease agreement.

Codification Topic Transfers and Servicing, Subtopic Sales of Financial Assets, establishes criteria for determining whether a transfer of financial assets in exchange for cash or other consideration should be accounted for as a sale or as a pledge of collateral in a secured borrowing. Certain assignments of notes receivable and direct finance and sales-type leases we make on a non-recourse basis meet the criteria for surrender of control set forth by this subtopic and have therefore been treated as sales in our financial results. We recognize a net gain on these transactions, which is included within financing revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.

Revenues on the sales of equipment at the end of a lease are recognized at the date of sale. The net gain or loss on sales of such equipment is presented within financing revenues in our consolidated statements of operations.

Sales of Software

We recognize revenue for the licensing and hosting of our software in accordance with Codification Topic Software, Subtopic Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when all the following criteria exist:

· there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

· delivery has occurred;

· no significant obligations by us remain, which relate to services essential to the functionality of the software with regard to implementation;

· the sales price is determinable; and

· it is probable that collection will occur.

The majority of our agreements are fixed term license agreements and the revenue is recognized over the contract term. Revenue from the sale of a perpetual license is recognized upon installation of the software. We recognize revenue from hosting our proprietary software for our customers over the contract term. Our hosting arrangements do not contain a contractual right to take possession of the software. Revenue from sales of our software is derived by our technology segment and is included in fee and other income on our consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue from Other Transactions

Other sources of revenue are derived from: (1) income from events that occur after the initial sale of a financial asset; (2) remarketing fees; (3) agent fees received from various manufacturers in the IT reseller business unit; (4) settlement fees related to disputes or litigation; and (5) interest and other miscellaneous income. These revenues are included in fee and other income on our consolidated statements of operations.

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT — Investments in leases and leased equipment consists of investments in direct financing and sales-type leases and investments in operating leases.

At the inception of our direct financing and sales-type leases, we record the net investment in leases, which consists of the sum of the minimum lease payments, initial direct costs (direct financing leases only), and unguaranteed residual value (gross investment) less the unearned income. For direct financing leases, the difference between the gross investment and the cost of the leased equipment is recorded as unearned income at the inception of the lease. Under sales-type leases, the difference between the fair value and cost of the leased property plus initial direct costs (net margins) is recorded as unearned revenue at the inception of the lease.

At the inception of an operating lease, equipment under operating leases is recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over its useful life to the estimated residual value. The estimated useful lives for equipment under operating leases ranges based on the nature of the equipment. The estimated useful life for information technology equipment is 36 months, while that of medical equipment is between 24 and 36 months.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors, including consideration pursuant to volume sales incentive programs, volume purchase incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters' sales activities and are primarily formula-based. These programs can be very complex to calculate and, in some cases, targets are estimated based upon historical data.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to volume sales incentive programs is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales, product and services on the consolidated statements of operations in accordance with Codification Topic Revenue Recognition, Subtopic Vendor's Accounting for Consideration Given to a Customer.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to volume purchase incentive programs is allocated to inventory based on the applicable incentives from each vendor and is recorded in cost of sales, product and services, as the inventory is sold.

· Vendor consideration received pursuant to shared marketing expense programs is recorded as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program takes place only if the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. Consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs is classified as a reduction of cost of sales, product and services.

RESIDUAL VALUES — Residual values, representing the unguaranteed estimated value of equipment at the termination of a lease, are recorded at the inception of each lease. The estimated residual values vary, both in amount and as a percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, manufacturer's discount, market conditions, term of the lease, equipment supply and demand and by new product announcements by manufacturers.

Unguaranteed residual values for direct financing and sales-type leases are recorded at their net present value and the unearned income is amortized over the life of the lease using the interest method. The residual values for operating leases are included in the leased equipment's net book value.

Residual values are evaluated on a quarterly basis and any impairment, other than temporary, is recorded in the period in which the impairment is determined. No upward revision of residual values is made subsequent to lease inception.

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES — Our receivables consist of accounts and notes receivable and minimum lease payments associated with our investments in direct financing and sales-type leases. We maintain our reserves for credit losses at a level believed to be adequate to absorb potential losses inherent in the respective balances. The reserve for credit losses is increased by provisions for potential credit losses, which increases expenses, and decreased by subsequent recoveries. The reserve for credit losses is decreased by write-offs and reductions to the provision for potential credit losses. Accounts are either written off or written down when the loss is both probable and determinable.

Management's determination of the adequacy of the reserves for credit losses for accounts and notes receivable is based on the age of the receivable balance, the customer's credit quality rating, an evaluation of historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. We assign an internal credit quality rating to all new customers and update these ratings regularly, but no less than annually. Also, management regularly reviews the notes receivable portfolio to assess whether any balances should be impaired or placed on nonaccrual status.

Investments in direct financing and sales-type leases consist of minimum lease payments, estimated unguaranteed residual values, initial direct costs and unearned lease income. Management's determination of the adequacy of the reserve for credit losses for the minimum lease payments may be based on the following factors: an internally assigned credit quality rating, historical credit loss experience, current economic conditions, volume, growth, the composition of the lease portfolio, the fair value of the underlying collateral, and the funding status (i.e. not funded, funded on a recourse or partial recourse basis, or funded on non-recourse basis). We assign an internal credit quality rating to each customer at the inception of the lease based on the customer's financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We update the internal credit quality rating at least annually or when an indicator of a change in credit quality arises, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy.

RESERVES FOR SALES RETURNS — Sales are reported net of allowances for returns which is maintained at a level believed by management to be adequate to absorb potential returns of sales of product and services in accordance with Codification Topic Revenue, Subtopic Product. Management's determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume and other relevant factors. These determinations require considerable judgment in assessing the ultimate potential for sales returns and include consideration of the type and volume of products and services sold.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term U.S. treasury securities. There were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our market accounts as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS — We consider certificates of deposits with original maturities at the date of acquisition greater than 90 days but less than one year as short-term investments. Interest income is recognized when earned.

NOTES RECEIVABLE — We finance other assets for our customers including software and services, which are accounted for as notes receivable. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method and reported within financing revenue in our consolidated statement of operations.

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average basis) or market and are shown net of allowance for obsolescence of $125 thousand and $112 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment obtained through an acquisition are stated at the fair market value as of the acquisition date. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to ten years. Information Technology hardware is depreciated over three years. Software is depreciated over five years. Furniture and certain fixtures are depreciated over five to ten years. Telephone equipment is depreciated over seven years.

CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE FOR INTERNAL USE — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the guidelines of Codification Topic Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. Software capitalized for internal use was $171 thousand and $600 thousand during the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, and is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other assets. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $766 thousand and $791 thousand at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO CUSTOMERS — In accordance with Codification Topic Software, Subtopic Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, software development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. At such time, such costs are capitalized until the product is made available for release to customers. We capitalized $351 thousand and $116 thousand for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively. We had $642 thousand and $382 thousand of capitalized costs, net of amortization, at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively, which is included within other assets in the accompanying balance sheets

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets we have acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is assigned to a reporting unit on the acquisition date. During the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, we made acquisitions for the Technology reporting unit and have assigned goodwill to the Technology reporting unit. We have four reporting units based on the nature of the products and services offered: financing, technology, software procurement, and software document management.

We review our goodwill for impairment annually in the third quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include a sustained, significant decline in our share price and market capitalization, a decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition, and/or slower growth rates, among others.

We first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors we consider include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company specific events, changes in circumstances, after tax cash flows and market capitalization. If the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform the two step process to assess our goodwill for impairment. First, we compare the fair value of our reporting units with its carrying value. We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit using various valuation methodologies, including discounted expected future cash flows. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a second test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure the amount of any impairment loss, we determine the fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if our reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that would yield the estimated fair value of goodwill. If the estimated fair value of goodwill is less than the goodwill recorded on our balance sheet, we record an impairment charge for the difference.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS —We review long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and other long term assets for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset. No impairment losses were recorded in the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT—We follow the guidance in Codification Topic Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures which governs fair value accounting for financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be disclosed at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risk inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Topic Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures establishes a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

· Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets;

· Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

· Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting the Company's own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants.

This hierarchy requires us to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. On a recurring basis, we measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Our goodwill is subjected to non-recurring fair value measurement. For financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivables, notes receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities.

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders' equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. See Note 10, "Stockholders' Equity" for additional information.

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic Income Taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic Income Taxes. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

EARNINGS PER SHARE—Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common shareholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of "in-the-money" stock options and other common stock equivalents during each period, (further discussed in Note 9 – Earnings Per Share).

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION —We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic Compensation—Stock Compensation. We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight line basis over the requisite service period and we estimate forfeitures based on historical experience. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS —We account for business combinations using the acquisition method in accordance with Codification Topic Business Combinations, which requires that the total purchase price of each of the acquired entities be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and assumed contractual commitments and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value.

Any premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets of the acquired business is recorded as goodwill. We recognize a gain in our income statement to the extent the purchase price is less than the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The results of operations for an acquired company are included in our financial statements from the date of acquisition.

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK—Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, notes receivable and investments in direct financing and sales-type leases. Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are maintained principally with financial institutions in the United States, which have high credit ratings. Risk on accounts receivable, notes receivable and investments in direct financing and sales-type leases is reduced by the large number of diverse industries comprising our customer base and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. Our credit risk is further mitigated through the underlying collateral and whether the lease is funded with recourse or non-recourse notes payable.

A substantial portion of our sales of product and services are from sales of Cisco and Hewlett Packard products, which represented approximately 48% and 11%, respectively, of our technology segment sales of product and services for the year ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 45% and 15%, respectively, of our technology segment sales of product and services for the year ended March 31, 2012 and 40% and 19%, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2011. Any changes in our vendors' ability to provide products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

For the year ended March 31, 2013, sales to a large telecommunications company were approximately 14% of total revenues, all of which related to our technology segment. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, "Comprehensive Income" (ASU 2011-12), which amended existing guidance by allowing only two options for presenting the components of net income and other comprehensive income: (1) in a single continuous financial statement, statement of comprehensive income or (2) in two separate but consecutive financial statements, consisting of an income statement followed by a separate statement of other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 requires retrospective application, and it is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this amendment on April 1, 2012, and are presenting our components of net income and other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive financial statements.

XML

INVESTMENT IN LEASES AND LEASED EQUIPMENT - NET (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012		Mar. 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2010
Investment in leases and leased equipment - net [Abstract]
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases - net	$ 66,243,000		$ 95,460,000
Investment in operating lease equipment - net	24,467,000	[1]	20,514,000	[1]
Investment in leases and leased equipment - net	90,710,000		115,974,000
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Minimum lease payments	64,614,000		99,747,000
Estimated unguaranteed residual value	7,557,000	[2]	6,917,000	[2]
Initial direct costs, net of amortization	684,000	[3]	797,000	[3]
Less: Unearned lease income	(5,767,000)		(10,665,000)
Less: Reserve for credit losses	(5,129,000)		(5,606,000)		(2,771,000)	(3,585,000)
Investment in direct financing and sales-type leases - net	66,243,000		95,460,000
Estimated unguaranteed residual values for direct financing lease	3,361,000		1,700,000
Accumulated amortization of initial direct cost	479,000		512,000
Gain (Loss) on sale of financing receivables	7,100,000		3,900,000		2,200,000
Proceeds from sale of financing receivables	142,300,000		62,400,000		63,600,000
Future scheduled minimum lease payments [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2014	30,877,000
2015	19,653,000
2016	10,905,000
2017	2,781,000
2018 and thereafter	398,000
Total	64,614,000
Investment in operating lease equipment - net [Abstract]
Cost of equipment under operating lease	46,106,000		44,487,000
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(21,639,000)		(23,973,000)
Investment in operating lease equipment - net	24,467,000	[1]	20,514,000	[1]
Unguaranteed residual value of operating lease equipment net	7,763,000		7,802,000
Future scheduled minimum lease rental payments [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2014	10,336,000
2015	6,149,000
2016	1,946,000
2017	149,000
2018 and thereafter	30,000
Total	18,610,000
Accounts Receivable [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Less: Reserve for credit losses	(1,147,000)		(1,307,000)		(944,000)	(1,580,000)
Notes Receivable [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Minimum lease payments	35,030,000		27,300,000
Less: Reserve for credit losses	(3,137,000)		(2,963,000)		(94,000)	(75,000)
Lease-Related Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Minimum lease payments	64,614,000		99,747,000
Less: Reserve for credit losses	$ (845,000)	[4]	$ (1,336,000)	[4]	$ (1,733,000)	$ (1,930,000)

[1] Includes estimated unguaranteed residual values of $7,763 thousand and $7,802 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

[2] Includes estimated unguaranteed residual values of $3,361 thousand and $1,700 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for direct financing leases which have been sold and accounted for as sales under Codification Topic Transfers and Servicing.

[3] Initial direct costs are shown net of amortization of $479 thousand and $512 thousand as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

[4] For details on reserve for credit losses, refer to Note 4, "Reserves for Credit Losses."

XML

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES [Abstract]

Activity in Reserves for Credit Losses

Activity in our reserves for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2012	$	1,307		$	2,963	$	1,336		$	5,606
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		(19	)		174		(488	)		(333	)
Write-offs and other		(141	)		-		(3	)		(144	)
Balance March 31, 2013	$	1,147		$	3,137	$	845		$	5,129

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2011	$	944		$	94	$	1,733		$	2,771
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		739			2,869		(395	)		3,213
Write-offs and other		(376	)		-		(2	)		(378	)
Balance March 31, 2012	$	1,307		$	2,963	$	1,336		$	5,606

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2010	$	1,580		$	75	$	1,930		$	3,585
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		(252	)		19		330			97
Write-offs and other		(384	)		-		(527	)		(911	)
Balance March 31, 2011	$	944		$	94	$	1,733		$	2,771

Reserve for Credit Losses and Minimum Lease Payments Associated with Notes Receivable and Investment in Direct Financing and Sales-type Lease Balances Disaggregated on the Basis of Impairment Method

Our reserve for credit losses and minimum lease payments associated with our investment in direct financing and sales- type lease balances disaggregated on the basis of our impairment method were as follows (in thousands):

	March, 31, 2013				March 31, 2012
	Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables		Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables
Reserves for credit losses:
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	310	$	747	$	298	$	1,314
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment		2,827		98		2,665		22
Ending balance	$	3,137	$	845	$	2,963	$	1,336
Minimum payments:
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	31,793	$	64,246	$	22,944	$	99,545
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment		3,237		368		4,356		202
Ending balance	$	35,030	$	64,614	$	27,300	$	99,747

Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR

The age of the recorded minimum lease payments and net credit exposure associated with our investment in direct financing and sales-type leases that are past due disaggregated based on our internally assigned credit quality rating ("CQR") were as follows as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		Greater than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments		Total Minimum Lease Payments		Unearned Income			Non-Recourse Notes Payable			Net Credit Exposure
March 31, 2013
High CQR	$	454	$	316	$	28	$	798	$	322	$	38,278	$	39,398	$	(2,777	)	$	(10,337	)	$	26,284
Average CQR		51		51		5		107		101		24,640		24,848		(1,596	)		(7,857	)		15,395
Low CQR		-		-		61		61		-		307		368		(39	)		-			329
Total		505		367		94		966		423		63,225		64,614		(4,412	)		(18,194	)		42,008
March 31, 2012
High CQR	$	1,767	$	5	$	72	$	1,844	$	977	$	58,214	$	61,035	$	(4,541	)	$	(3,480	)	$	53,014
Average CQR		85		7		12		104		53		38,337		38,494		(4,445	)		(15,109	)		18,940
Low CQR		-		-		-		-		-		218		218		(16	)		-			202
Total	$	1,852	$	12	$	84	$	1,948	$	1,030	$	96,769	$	99,747	$	(9,002	)	$	(18,589	)	$	72,156

Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR

The age of the recorded notes receivable balance disaggregated based on our internally assigned CQR were as follows as March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		Greater than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Unbilled Notes Receivable		Total Notes Payments		Non-Recourse Notes Payable			Net Credit Exposure
March 31, 2013
High CQR	$	1,342	$	127	$	832	$	2,301	$	3,450	$	22,097	$	27,848	$	(5,621	)	$	22,227
Average CQR		1,379		-		-		1,379		-		2,566		3,945		(1,203	)		2,742
Low CQR		-		-		726		726		-		2,511		3,237		-			3,237
Total	$	2,721	$	127	$	1,558	$	4,406	$	3,450	$	27,174	$	35,030	$	(6,824	)	$	28,206
March 31, 2012
High CQR	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	2,661	$	18,140	$	20,801	$	(292	)	$	20,509
Average CQR		-		-		-		-		29		2,113		2,142		(203	)		1,939
Low CQR		-		-		86		86		387		3,884		4,357		-			4,357
Total	$	-	$	-	$	86	$	86	$	3,077	$	24,137	$	27,300	$	(495	)	$	26,805

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases

Future scheduled minimum lease rental payments as of March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2014	$	10,336
2015		6,149
2016		1,946
2017		149
2018 and thereafter		30
Total	$	18,610

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

Segment Reporting Information, by Reportable Segment

Both segments utilize our proprietary software and services within the organization. Sales and services and related costs of our software are included in the technology segment. Our reportable segment information was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013						2012						2011
	Technology		Financing		Total		Technology		Financing		Total		Technology		Financing		Total
Sales of product and services	$	936,228	$	-	$	936,228	$	784,951	$	-	$	784,951	$	672,303	$	-	$	672,303
Financing revenues		-		38,384		38,384		-		30,899		30,899		-		35,367		35,367
Fee and other income		6,949		1,551		8,500		7,455		2,276		9,731		8,260		2,460		10,720
Patent settlement income		-		-		-		-		-		-		125		-		125
Total revenues		943,177		39,935		983,112		792,406		33,175		825,581		680,688		37,827		718,515
Cost of sales, products and services		767,447		-		767,447		645,558		-		645,558		551,860		-		551,860
Direct lease costs		-		10,892		10,892		-		8,508		8,508		-		9,212		9,212
Professional and other fees		9,638		3,460		13,098		10,283		1,461		11,744		14,014		1,369		15,383
Salaries and benefits		100,447		10,516		110,963		88,321		9,947		98,268		74,706		9,541		84,247
General and administrative expenses		19,028		1,071		20,099		16,627		3,872		20,499		13,220		1,461		14,681
Interest and financing costs		89		1,779		1,868		93		1,337		1,430		84		2,480		2,564
Earnings before provision for income taxes	$	46,528	$	12,217	$	58,745	$	31,524	$	8,050	$	39,574	$	26,804	$	13,764	$	40,568
Total assets	$	255,257	$	182,615	$	437,872	$	241,488	$	192,200	$	433,688	$	206,963	$	182,228	$	389,191

Geographical Information

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Revenue
U.S.	$	964,996	$	812,364	$	714,736
Non U.S.		18,116		13,217		3,779
Total	$	983,112	$	825,581	$	718,515

	As of March 31,
	2013		2012
Assets
U.S.	$	435,486	$	431,632
Non U.S.		2,386		2,056
Total	$	437,872	$	433,688

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Sales of product and services									$ 936,228	$ 784,951	$ 672,303
Financing revenues									38,384	30,899	35,367
Fee and other income									8,500	9,731	10,720
Patent settlement income									0	0	125
Total revenues	236,312	242,025	260,051	244,724	218,999	224,028	203,655	178,899	983,112	825,581	718,515
Cost of sales, product and services									767,447	645,558	551,860
Direct lease costs									10,892	8,508	9,212
Professional and other fees									13,098	11,744	15,383
Salaries and benefits									110,963	98,268	84,247
General and administrative expenses									20,099	20,499	14,681
Interest and financing costs									1,868	1,430	2,564
Earnings before provision for income taxes	12,745	15,529	16,908	13,563	7,009	14,434	11,848	6,283	58,745	39,574	40,568
Assets	437,872				433,688				437,872	433,688	389,191
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues									983,112	825,581	718,515
Assets	437,872				433,688				437,872	433,688
U.S.
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues									964,996	812,364	714,736
Assets	435,486				431,632				435,486	431,632
Non U.S [Member]
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Revenues									18,116	13,217	3,779
Assets	2,386				2,056				2,386	2,056
Technology [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Sales of product and services									936,228	784,951	672,303
Financing revenues									0	0	0
Fee and other income									6,949	7,455	8,260
Patent settlement income									0	0	125
Total revenues									943,177	792,406	680,688
Cost of sales, product and services									767,447	645,558	551,860
Direct lease costs									0	0	0
Professional and other fees									9,638	10,283	14,014
Salaries and benefits									100,447	88,321	74,706
General and administrative expenses									19,028	16,627	13,220
Interest and financing costs									89	93	84
Earnings before provision for income taxes									46,528	31,524	26,804
Assets	255,257				241,488				255,257	241,488	206,963
Financing [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Sales of product and services									0	0	0
Financing revenues									38,384	30,899	35,367
Fee and other income									1,551	2,276	2,460
Patent settlement income									0	0	0
Total revenues									39,935	33,175	37,827
Cost of sales, product and services									0	0	0
Direct lease costs									10,892	8,508	9,212
Professional and other fees									3,460	1,461	1,369
Salaries and benefits									10,516	9,947	9,541
General and administrative expenses									1,071	3,872	1,461
Interest and financing costs									1,779	1,337	2,480
Earnings before provision for income taxes									12,217	8,050	13,764
Assets	$ 182,615				$ 192,200				$ 182,615	$ 192,200	$ 182,228

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	138 Months Ended
	Dec. 26, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]
Authorized number of shares under stock repurchase program (in shares)		500,000	500,000
Common stock repurchased during the period (in shares)		19,423,000	4,700,000
Average cost of share repurchased (in dollars per share)		$ 29.46	$ 13.94
Common stock repurchased during the period		$ 572	$ 65,300
Dividends payable date declared		Dec. 04, 2012
Dividends payable date of record		Dec. 26, 2012
Cash dividend to common share holders ( in dollars per shares)	$ 2.50

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total assets	$ 16,264	$ 17,039
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(14,051)	(14,953)
Property and equipment - net	2,213	2,086
Depreciation expense on property and equipment	1,096	967
Furniture, fixtures and equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total assets	9,274	9,082
Vehicles [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total assets	285	312
Capitalized software [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total assets	4,149	5,199
Leasehold improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total assets	$ 2,556	$ 2,446

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	2,000,000	2,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	25,000,000	25,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	12,899,386	12,692,224
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	8,149,706	7,999,895
Treasury stock, shares (in shares)	4,749,680	4,692,329

XML

OTHER ASSETS AND ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

OTHER ASSETS AND ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES [Abstract]

OTHER ASSETS AND ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

6. OTHER ASSETS AND ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Our other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Unbilled accounts receivable	$	3,095	$	4,304
Prepaid assets		2,667		2,215
Other		3,345		2,575
Total other assets	$	9,107	$	9,094

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Accrued expenses	$	9,533	$	15,386
Other		10,731		9,501
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities	$	20,264	$	24,887

Other assets include the cash surrender value of life insurance, escrow deposits, and equipment held for sale. Other liabilities include accrued taxes, deferred compensation, lease rental payments due to third parties, and contingent consideration related to an acquisition.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [Abstract]
NET EARNINGS	$ 34,830	$ 23,367	$ 23,727
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(55)	(54)	98
Other comprehensive (loss) income	(55)	(54)	98
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	$ 34,775	$ 23,313	$ 23,825

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 52,720	$ 33,778
Short-term investments	982	7,396
Accounts receivable-net	192,254	174,599
Notes receivable-net	31,893	24,337
Inventories-net	14,795	23,514
Investment in leases and leased equipment-net	90,710	115,974
Property and equipment-net	2,213	2,086
Deferred costs	10,234	9,391
Other assets	9,107	9,094
Goodwill and other intangible assets	32,964	33,519
TOTAL ASSETS	437,872	433,688
LIABILITIES
Accounts payable-equipment	5,379	17,268
Accounts payable-trade	31,331	26,719
Accounts payable-floor plan	66,251	85,911
Salaries and commissions payable	12,911	9,500
Deferred revenue	16,970	15,935
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	20,264	24,887
Recourse notes payable	1,484	1,727
Non-recourse notes payable	40,255	26,328
Deferred tax liability	4,795	5,786
Total Liabilities	199,640	214,061
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding	0	0
Common stock, $.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; 12,899,386 issued and 8,149,706 outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 12,692,224 issued and 7,999,895 outstanding at March 31, 2012	129	127
Additional paid-in capital	99,641	93,545
Treasury stock, at cost, 4,749,680 and 4,692,329 shares, respectively	(67,306)	(65,416)
Retained earnings	205,358	190,906
Accumulated other comprehensive income-foreign currency translation adjustment	410	465
Total Stockholders' Equity	238,232	219,627
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$ 437,872	$ 433,688

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended							12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended				60 Months Ended		60 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2013 Minimum [Member]		Mar. 31, 2012 Minimum [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Maximum [Member]		Mar. 31, 2012 Maximum [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Stock Options [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Restricted Stock [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Amended LTIP (2003) [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 2008 Director LTIP [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 2008 Director LTIP [Member] Restricted Stock [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 2008 Employee LTIP [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 2008 Employee LTIP [Member] Restricted Stock [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 2012 Employee LTIP [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares authorized (in shares)													3,000,000	250,000		1,000,000		750,000
Stock options granted to employees (in shares)	0
Number of shares [Rollforward]
Outstanding, beginning of period (in shares)	145,000
Options exercised (in shares)	(105,000)	[1]
Outstanding, end of period (in shares)	40,000		145,000
Vested, end of period (in shares)	40,000
Exercisable, end of period (in shares)	40,000
Exercise Price Range [Rollforward]
Outstanding, beginning of period (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99		$ 11.91		$ 12.73		$ 7.14	$ 15.25		$ 15.25
Options exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 11.12	[1]			$ 7.14	[1]		$ 15.25	[1]
Outstanding, end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99		$ 11.91		$ 12.73		$ 7.14	$ 15.25		$ 15.25
Weighted Average Exercise Price [Rollforward]
Outstanding, beginning of period (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99		$ 11.91		$ 12.73		$ 7.14	$ 15.25		$ 15.25
Options exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 11.12	[1]			$ 7.14	[1]		$ 15.25	[1]
Outstanding, end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99		$ 11.91		$ 12.73		$ 7.14	$ 15.25		$ 15.25
Vested, end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99
Exercisable, end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99
Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining and Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Outstanding, Weighted average contractual life	1 year 6 months
Vested, Weighted average contractual life	1 year 6 months
Exercisable, Weighted average contractual life	1 year 6 months
Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 1,288,800
Vested, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	1,288,800
Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	1,288,800
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised											2,900,000
Estimated forfeiture rate (in hundredths)												0.00%
Number of Shares [Rollforward]
Nonvested (in shares)												276,130
Granted (in shares)												105,198			95,851		454,160
Vested (in shares)												(132,244)
Forefeited (in shares)												(3,036)
Nonvested (in shares)												246,048
Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value [Rollforward]
Nonvested (in dollars per share)												$ 20.75
Granted (in dollars per share)												$ 32.71
Vested (in dollars per share)												$ 19.84
Forefeited (in dollars per share)												$ 23.76
Nonvested (in dollars per share)												$ 26.32
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations (in shares)												37,928
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations												1,300,000
Compensation Expense [Abstract]
Total share-based compensation expense	3,300,000		2,400,000	1,300,000
Unrecognized compensation expense											0	4,100,000
Unrecognized compensation expense, period for recognition	27 months
401 (k) Profit Sharing Plan [Abstract]
Employer contribution vesting period	4 years
Contribution to profit sharing plan	$ 1,100,000		$ 800,000	$ 400,000

[1] The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended March 31, 2013 was $2.9 million.

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET [Abstract]

Property and Equipment-Net

Property and equipment—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013			2012
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	$	9,274		$	9,082
Vehicles		285			312
Capitalized software		4,149			5,199
Leasehold improvements		2,556			2,446
Total assets		16,264			17,039
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(14,051	)		(14,953	)
Property and equipment - net	$	2,213		$	2,086

XML

QUARTERLY DATA -UNAUDITED

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

QUARTERLY DATA -UNAUDITED [Abstract]

QUARTERLY DATA -UNAUDITED

15. QUARTERLY DATA —UNAUDITED

We reviewed our RSA agreements and identified that certain RSAs issued contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends prior to their vesting. As a result, those RSAs are considered participating securities which requires us to use the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per shares. Accordingly, we have corrected our reported earnings per share for the corresponding periods. Condensed quarterly financial information is as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended March 31, 2013
	First Quarter							Second Quarter							Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Annual Amount
	Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-
	Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		As reported		As reported		As reported
Total revenues	$	244,724	$	-		$	244,724	$	260,051	$	-		$	260,051	$	242,025	$	236,312	$	983,112
Total costs and expenses		231,161		-			231,161		243,143		-			243,143		226,496		223,567		924,367
Earnings before provision for income taxes		13,563		-			13,563		16,908		-			16,908		15,529		12,745		58,745
Provision for income taxes		5,501		-			5,501		6,875		-			6,875		6,496		5,043		23,915
Net earnings	$	8,062	$	-		$	8,062	$	10,033	$	-		$	10,033	$	9,033	$	7,702	$	34,830
Net earnings per common share—Basic (1)	$	1.04	$	(0.03	)	$	1.01	$	1.29	$	(0.03	)	$	1.26	$	1.11	$	0.96	$	4.37
Net earnings per common share—Diluted (1)	$	1.02	$	(0.02	)	$	1.00	$	1.27	$	(0.02	)	$	1.25	$	1.11	$	0.95	$	4.32

	Year Ended March 31, 2012
	First Quarter							Second Quarter							Third Quarter							Fourth Quarter							Annual Amount
	Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-					Previously		Adjust-
	Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		Reported		ments			As restated		As restated
Total revenues	$	178,899	$	-		$	178,899	$	203,655	$	-		$	203,655	$	224,028	$	-		$	224,028	$	218,999	$	-		$	218,999	$	825,581
Total costs and expenses		172,616		-			172,616		191,807		-			191,807		209,594		-			209,594		211,990		-			211,990		786,007
Earnings before provision for income taxes		6,283		-			6,283		11,848		-			11,848		14,434		-			14,434		7,009		-			7,009		39,574
Provision for income taxes		2,580		-			2,580		4,784		-			4,784		5,691		-			5,691		3,152		-			3,152		16,207
Net earnings	$	3,703	$	-		$	3,703	$	7,064	$	-		$	7,064	$	8,743	$	-		$	8,743	$	3,857	$	-		$	3,857	$	23,367
Net earnings per common share—Basic (1)	$	0.45	$	(0.02	)	$	0.43	$	0.87	$	(0.04	)	$	0.83	$	1.12	$	(0.04	)	$	1.08	$	0.50	$	(0.02	)	$	0.48	$	2.82
Net earnings per common share—Diluted (1)	$	0.44	$	(0.01	)	$	0.43	$	0.85	$	(0.03	)	$	0.82	$	1.10	$	(0.03	)	$	1.07	$	0.49	$	(0.01	)	$	0.48	$	2.79

(1) Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

XML

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES, CQR (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Total Minimum Lease Payments	$ 64,614	$ 99,747
Lease-Related Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
31-60 Days Past Due	505	1,852
61-90 Days Past Due	367	12
Greater Than 90 Days Past Due	94	84
Total Past Due	966	1,948
Current	423	1,030
Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments	63,225	96,769
Total Minimum Lease Payments	64,614	99,747
Unearned Income	(4,412)	(9,002)
Non-Recourse Notes Payable	(18,194)	(18,589)
Net Credit Exposure	42,008	72,156
Notes Receivable [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
31-60 Days Past Due	2,721	0
61-90 Days Past Due	127	0
Greater Than 90 Days Past Due	1,558	86
Total Past Due	4,406	86
Current	3,450	3,077
Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments	27,174	24,137
Total Minimum Lease Payments	35,030	27,300
Non-Recourse Notes Payable	(6,824)	(495)
Net Credit Exposure	28,206	26,805
High CQR [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Losses on net credit exposure, lower limit (in hundredths)	0.00%
Losses on net credit exposure, upper limit (in hundredths)	5.00%
High CQR [Member] | Lease-Related Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
31-60 Days Past Due	454	1,767
61-90 Days Past Due	316	5
Greater Than 90 Days Past Due	28	72
Total Past Due	798	1,844
Current	322	977
Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments	38,278	58,214
Total Minimum Lease Payments	39,398	61,035
Unearned Income	(2,777)	(4,541)
Non-Recourse Notes Payable	(10,337)	(3,480)
Net Credit Exposure	26,284	53,014
High CQR [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
31-60 Days Past Due	1,342	0
61-90 Days Past Due	127	0
Greater Than 90 Days Past Due	832	0
Total Past Due	2,301	0
Current	3,450	2,661
Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments	22,097	18,140
Total Minimum Lease Payments	27,848	20,801
Non-Recourse Notes Payable	(5,621)	(292)
Net Credit Exposure	22,227	20,509
Average CQR [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Losses on net credit exposure, lower limit (in hundredths)	2.00%
Losses on net credit exposure, upper limit (in hundredths)	25.00%
Average CQR [Member] | Lease-Related Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
31-60 Days Past Due	51	85
61-90 Days Past Due	51	7
Greater Than 90 Days Past Due	5	12
Total Past Due	107	104
Current	101	53
Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments	24,640	38,337
Total Minimum Lease Payments	24,848	38,494
Unearned Income	(1,596)	(4,445)
Non-Recourse Notes Payable	(7,857)	(15,109)
Net Credit Exposure	15,395	18,940
Average CQR [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
31-60 Days Past Due	1,379	0
61-90 Days Past Due	0	0
Greater Than 90 Days Past Due	0	0
Total Past Due	1,379	0
Current	0	29
Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments	2,566	2,113
Total Minimum Lease Payments	3,945	2,142
Non-Recourse Notes Payable	(1,203)	(203)
Net Credit Exposure	2,742	1,939
Low CQR [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Losses on net credit exposure, lower limit (in hundredths)	50.00%
Losses on net credit exposure, upper limit (in hundredths)	100.00%
Low CQR [Member] | Lease-Related Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
31-60 Days Past Due	0	0
61-90 Days Past Due	0	0
Greater Than 90 Days Past Due	61	0
Total Past Due	61	0
Current	0	0
Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments	307	218
Total Minimum Lease Payments	368	218
Unearned Income	(39)	(16)
Non-Recourse Notes Payable	0	0
Net Credit Exposure	329	202
Low CQR [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
31-60 Days Past Due	0	0
61-90 Days Past Due	0	0
Greater Than 90 Days Past Due	726	86
Total Past Due	726	86
Current	0	387
Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments	2,511	3,884
Total Minimum Lease Payments	3,237	4,357
Non-Recourse Notes Payable	0	0
Net Credit Exposure	$ 3,237	$ 4,357

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$ 918	$ 1,292
Total Gains (Losses)	0	0
Adjustment to fair value of contingent consideration	99	(208)
Payments of contingent consideration	(473)	0	0
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	0	0
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	0	0
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$ 918	$ 1,292

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
REVENUE RECOGNITION [Abstract]
Minimum period of revenue recognition after services are complete	90 days
Maximum period of revenue recognition after services are complete	120 days
Lease criteria minimum estimated economic life (in hundredths)	75.00%
Lease criteria minimum fair value of lease payments at inception of lease (in hundredths)	90.00%
INVENTORIES [Abstract]
Allowance for obsolescence	$ 125	$ 112
Technology hardware [Member]
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
Operating lease term	36 months
Medical Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
Operating lease term	24 months
Medical Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
Operating lease term	36 months

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Reconciliation of gross unrecognized tax benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012			2011
Beginning balance	$	316	$	719		$	461
Additions for uncertain tax positions		-		-			403
Reductions to uncertain tax positions		-		(403	)		(145	)
Ending balance	$	316	$	316		$	719

Reconciliation of income taxes to the statutory federal income tax rate

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Statutory federal income tax rate		35	%		35	%		35	%
Income tax expense computed at the U.S. statutory federal rate	$	20,555		$	13,850		$	14,199
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		2,894			2,096			1,861
Non-deductible executive compensation		150			152			81
Other		316			109			700
Provision for income taxes	$	23,915		$	16,207		$	16,841
Effective income tax rate		40.7	%		41.0	%		41.5	%

Components of the provision for income taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	20,041		$	12,266		$	10,604
State		4,453			3,088			3,774
Foreign		36			59			39
Total current expense		24,530			15,413			14,417
Deferred:
Federal		(581	)		814			2,846
State		(34	)		(20	)		(422	)
Total deferred expense (benefit)		(615	)		794			2,424
Provision for income taxes	$	23,915		$	16,207		$	16,841

Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Deferred Tax Assets:
Accrued vacation	$	1,345		$	1,174		$	1,174
Provision for bad debts		1,997			2,149			1,024
State net operating loss carryforward		1,505			1,217			1,296
Basis difference in fixed assets		-			-			147
Book compensation on discounted stock options		77			262			611
Deferred compensation		898			797			716
Deferred revenue		221			140			203
Foreign tax credit		-			-			72
Federal net operating loss carry forward		168			111			-
Other accruals and reserves		2,043			1,918			1,206
Gross deferred tax assets		8,254			7,768			6,449
Less: valuation allowance		(1,505	)		(1,217	)		(1,296	)
Net deferred tax assets		6,749			6,551			5,153
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Basis difference in fixed assets		(491	)		(378	)		-
Basis difference in operating leases		(8,765	)		(9,764	)		(8,645	)
Basis difference in tax deductible goodwill		(2,288	)		(2,195	)		(735	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(11,544	)		(12,337	)		(9,380	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(4,795	)	$	(5,786	)	$	(4,227	)

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS [Abstract]

Fair value hierarchy of financial instruments

The following table summarizes the fair value hierarchy of our financial instruments (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	March 31, 2013		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Gains (Losses)
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	918	$	-	$	-	$	918	$	-

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	March 31, 2012		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Gains (Losses)
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	1,292	$	-	$	-	$	1,292	$	-

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET [Abstract]

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—NET

Property and equipment—net consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013			2012
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	$	9,274		$	9,082
Vehicles		285			312
Capitalized software		4,149			5,199
Leasehold improvements		2,556			2,446
Total assets		16,264			17,039
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(14,051	)		(14,953	)
Property and equipment - net	$	2,213		$	2,086

For the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, depreciation expense on property and equipment was $1,096 thousand and $967 thousand, respectively.

XML

OTHER ASSETS AND ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

OTHER ASSETS AND ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES [Abstract]

Other Assets and Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Our other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Unbilled accounts receivable	$	3,095	$	4,304
Prepaid assets		2,667		2,215
Other		3,345		2,575
Total other assets	$	9,107	$	9,094

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Accrued expenses	$	9,533	$	15,386
Other		10,731		9,501
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities	$	20,264	$	24,887

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 28,660,000	$ 28,444,000
Goodwill and other intangible assets	32,964,000	33,519,000
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	4,300,000	5,100,000
Total amortization expense	1,300,000	500,000	138,000
Goodwill allocated to reporting units [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	37,117,000
Accumulated impairment losses	(8,673,000)
Goodwill - net balance	28,444,000
Purchase accounting adjustments	216,000
Goodwill	37,333,000	37,117,000
Accumulated impairment losses	(8,673,000)	(8,673,000)
Goodwill - net balance	28,660,000	28,444,000
Percentage change in fair value of reporting units (in hundredths)	10.00%
Future amortization expense for years ended March 31 [Abstract]
2014	1,300,000
2015	1,100,000
2016	1,100,000
2017	700,000
2018	100,000
Financing [Member]
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]
Goodwill	0
Goodwill allocated to reporting units [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	4,029,000
Accumulated impairment losses	(4,029,000)
Goodwill - net balance	0
Purchase accounting adjustments	0
Goodwill	4,029,000
Accumulated impairment losses	(4,029,000)
Goodwill - net balance	0
Technology [Member]
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]
Goodwill	27,571,000
Goodwill allocated to reporting units [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	27,355,000
Accumulated impairment losses	0
Goodwill - net balance	27,355,000
Purchase accounting adjustments	216,000
Goodwill	27,571,000
Accumulated impairment losses	0
Goodwill - net balance	27,571,000
Software Procurement [Member]
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]
Goodwill	0
Goodwill allocated to reporting units [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	4,644,000
Accumulated impairment losses	(4,644,000)
Goodwill - net balance	0
Purchase accounting adjustments	0
Goodwill	4,644,000
Accumulated impairment losses	(4,644,000)
Goodwill - net balance	0
Software Document Management [Member]
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]
Goodwill	1,089,000
Goodwill allocated to reporting units [Roll Forward]
Goodwill	1,089,000
Accumulated impairment losses	0
Goodwill - net balance	1,089,000
Purchase accounting adjustments	0
Goodwill	1,089,000
Accumulated impairment losses	0
Goodwill - net balance	1,089,000
Customer Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	2,897,000	3,902,000
Gross carrying amount	6,500,000	6,500,000
Accumulated amortization	3,600,000	2,600,000
Customer Relationships [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Customer Relationships [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	5 years
Capitalized Software Development [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	1,407,000	1,173,000
Gross carrying amount	1,800,000	1,400,000
Accumulated amortization	$ 400,000	$ 200,000
Capitalized Software Development [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Capitalized Software Development [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	5 years

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

We lease office space and certain office equipment to conduct our business. Annual rent expense relating to these operating leases was $3.5 million, $2.4 million, and $2.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, the future minimum lease payments are due as follows (in thousands):

	(in thousands)
Year ended March 31, 2014	$	3,347
2015		1,974
2016		844
2017		439
2018 and thereafter		205
	$	6,809

Legal Proceedings

On May 19, 2009, we filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia (the "trial court") against four defendants, alleging that they used or sold products, methods, processes, services and/or systems that infringe on certain of our patents. During July and August 2009, we entered into settlement and license agreements with three of the defendants. We obtained a jury verdict against the remaining defendant, Lawson Software, Inc. ("Lawson") on January 27, 2011. The jury unanimously found that Lawson infringed certain ePlus patents relating to electronic procurement systems, and additionally found that all ePlus patent claims tried in court were not invalid.

On May 23, 2011, the trial court issued a permanent injunction, ordering Lawson and its successors to: immediately stop selling and servicing products relating to its electronic procurement systems that infringe our patents; cease providing any ongoing or future maintenance, training or installation of its infringing products; and refrain from publishing any literature or information that encourages the use or sale of its infringing products. Lawson appealed the trial court's judgment, and we appealed the trial court's evidentiary ruling which precluded us from seeking monetary damages. On November 21, 2012, the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (the "Appeals Court") reversed in part, vacated in part, affirmed in part, and remanded. The Appeals Court upheld the trial court's ruling precluding us from seeking monetary damages. The Appeals Court also upheld a finding of infringement, as well as the injunction, and remanded the case to the trial court for consideration of what changes, if any, are required to the terms of the injunction. On January 29, 2013, the Appeals Court denied our petition for a rehearing relating to certain elements of its opinion. ePlus is seeking damages with respect to contempt of the injunction for the period dating back to May of 2011, when the injunction was issued. A hearing and oral argument on that petition for contempt were held in April 2013. However, court calendars are inherently unpredictable, and we cannot predict when the trial court will issue a ruling.

While we believe that we have a basis for our claims, these types of cases are complex in nature, are likely to have significant expenses associated with them, and we cannot predict whether we will be successful in our claim for a contempt finding or damages, whether any award ultimately received will exceed the costs incurred to pursue this matter, or how long it will take to bring this matter to resolution.

Other Matters

We may become party to various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including preference payment claims asserted in customer bankruptcy proceedings, claims of alleged infringement of patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights, claims of alleged non-compliance with contract provisions, employment related claims, claims by competitors, vendors or customers, and claims related to alleged violations of laws and regulations. We accrue for costs associated with these contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. Refer to Note 4, "Reserves for Credit Losses," for additional information regarding loss contingencies associated with our accounts, notes and lease-related receivables.

XML

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES [Abstract]

RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES

4. RESERVES FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Activity in our reserves for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2012	$	1,307		$	2,963	$	1,336		$	5,606
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		(19	)		174		(488	)		(333	)
Write-offs and other		(141	)		-		(3	)		(144	)
Balance March 31, 2013	$	1,147		$	3,137	$	845		$	5,129

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2011	$	944		$	94	$	1,733		$	2,771
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		739			2,869		(395	)		3,213
Write-offs and other		(376	)		-		(2	)		(378	)
Balance March 31, 2012	$	1,307		$	2,963	$	1,336		$	5,606

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables			Total
Balance April 1, 2010	$	1,580		$	75	$	1,930		$	3,585
Provision for bad debts, net of recoveries		(252	)		19		330			97
Write-offs and other		(384	)		-		(527	)		(911	)
Balance March 31, 2011	$	944		$	94	$	1,733		$	2,771

Our reserve for credit losses and minimum lease payments associated with our investment in direct financing and sales- type lease balances disaggregated on the basis of our impairment method were as follows (in thousands):

	March, 31, 2013				March 31, 2012
	Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables		Notes Receivable		Lease-Related Receivables
Reserves for credit losses:
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	310	$	747	$	298	$	1,314
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment		2,827		98		2,665		22
Ending balance	$	3,137	$	845	$	2,963	$	1,336
Minimum payments:
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	31,793	$	64,246	$	22,944	$	99,545
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment		3,237		368		4,356		202
Ending balance	$	35,030	$	64,614	$	27,300	$	99,747

The net credit exposure for the balance evaluated individually for impairment as of March 31, 2013 was $3.6 million, $3.4 million of which is related to one customer. During fiscal year 2012, we began selling and financing various products and services to a large law firm, which filed for bankruptcy in May 2012. As of March 31, 2013, we had $3.4 million of notes and lease-related receivables from this customer and total reserves for credit losses of $2.8 million, which represented our estimated probable loss. As of March 31, 2012, we had $4.2 million of notes receivables from this customer and total reserves for credit losses of $2.6 million. In addition to the notes receivable, there were accounts receivable for this customer of $0.9 million and a reserve for credit losses of $0.3 million as of March 31, 2012. Accordingly, the total receivables associated with this customer as of March 31, 2012 were $5.1 million and our estimated probable loss was $2.9 million. As of March 31, 2012, the notes and lease receivables associated with this customer were placed on non-accrual status.

The age of the recorded minimum lease payments and net credit exposure associated with our investment in direct financing and sales-type leases that are past due disaggregated based on our internally assigned credit quality rating ("CQR") were as follows as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		Greater than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Unbilled Minimum Lease Payments		Total Minimum Lease Payments		Unearned Income			Non-Recourse Notes Payable			Net Credit Exposure
March 31, 2013
High CQR	$	454	$	316	$	28	$	798	$	322	$	38,278	$	39,398	$	(2,777	)	$	(10,337	)	$	26,284
Average CQR		51		51		5		107		101		24,640		24,848		(1,596	)		(7,857	)		15,395
Low CQR		-		-		61		61		-		307		368		(39	)		-			329
Total		505		367		94		966		423		63,225		64,614		(4,412	)		(18,194	)		42,008
March 31, 2012
High CQR	$	1,767	$	5	$	72	$	1,844	$	977	$	58,214	$	61,035	$	(4,541	)	$	(3,480	)	$	53,014
Average CQR		85		7		12		104		53		38,337		38,494		(4,445	)		(15,109	)		18,940
Low CQR		-		-		-		-		-		218		218		(16	)		-			202
Total	$	1,852	$	12	$	84	$	1,948	$	1,030	$	96,769	$	99,747	$	(9,002	)	$	(18,589	)	$	72,156

The age of the recorded notes receivable balance disaggregated based on our internally assigned CQR were as follows as March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		Greater than 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Unbilled Notes Receivable		Total Notes Payments		Non-Recourse Notes Payable			Net Credit Exposure
March 31, 2013
High CQR	$	1,342	$	127	$	832	$	2,301	$	3,450	$	22,097	$	27,848	$	(5,621	)	$	22,227
Average CQR		1,379		-		-		1,379		-		2,566		3,945		(1,203	)		2,742
Low CQR		-		-		726		726		-		2,511		3,237		-			3,237
Total	$	2,721	$	127	$	1,558	$	4,406	$	3,450	$	27,174	$	35,030	$	(6,824	)	$	28,206
March 31, 2012
High CQR	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	2,661	$	18,140	$	20,801	$	(292	)	$	20,509
Average CQR		-		-		-		-		29		2,113		2,142		(203	)		1,939
Low CQR		-		-		86		86		387		3,884		4,357		-			4,357
Total	$	-	$	-	$	86	$	86	$	3,077	$	24,137	$	27,300	$	(495	)	$	26,805

We estimate losses on our net credit exposure to be between 0% - 5% for customers with high CQR, as these customers are investment grade or the equivalent of investment grade. We estimate losses on our net credit exposure to be between 2% - 25% for customers with average CQR, and between 50% - 100% for customers with low CQR, which includes customers in bankruptcy.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]	Total
Balance at Mar. 31, 2010	$ 119	$ 84,100	$ (43,346)	$ 143,812	$ 421	$ 185,106
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2010	8,123,508
Issuance of shares for option exercises	3	3,676	0	0	0	3,679
Issuance of shares for option exercises (in shares)	272,300
Excess tax benefit of share based compensation	0	761			0	761
Effect of share-based compensation	3	1,255	0	0	0	1,258
Effect of share-based compensation (in shares)	267,390
Purchase of treasury stock	0	0	(2,652)	0	0	(2,652)
Purchase of treasury stock (in shares)	(144,009)
Net earnings	0	0		23,727	0	23,727
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	98	98
Total comprehensive income						23,825
Balance at Mar. 31, 2011	125	89,792	(45,998)	167,539	519	211,977
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2011	8,519,189
Issuance of shares for option exercises	1	621	0	0	0	622
Issuance of shares for option exercises (in shares)	83,900
Excess tax benefit of share based compensation	0	740	0	0	0	740
Effect of share-based compensation	1	2,392	0	0	0	2,393
Effect of share-based compensation (in shares)	151,505
Purchase of treasury stock	0	0	(19,418)	0	0	(19,418)
Purchase of treasury stock (in shares)	(754,699)
Net earnings	0	0	0	23,367	0	23,367
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	(54)	(54)
Total comprehensive income						23,313
Balance at Mar. 31, 2012	127	93,545	(65,416)	190,906	465	219,627
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2012	7,999,895					7,999,895
Issuance of shares for option exercises	1	1,166	0	0	0	1,167
Issuance of shares for option exercises (in shares)	105,000					105,000	[1]
Excess tax benefit of share based compensation	0	1,648	0	0	0	1,648
Effect of share-based compensation	1	3,282	0	0	0	3,283
Effect of share-based compensation (in shares)	102,162
Purchase of treasury stock	0	0	(1,890)	0	0	(1,890)
Purchase of treasury stock (in shares)	(57,351)
Dividends declared	0	0	0	(20,378)	0	(20,378)
Net earnings	0	0	0	34,830	0	34,830
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	(55)	(55)
Total comprehensive income						34,775
Balance at Mar. 31, 2013	$ 129	$ 99,641	$ (67,306)	$ 205,358	$ 410	$ 238,232
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2013	8,149,706					8,149,706

[1] The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended March 31, 2013 was $2.9 million.

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Exercise Price Range (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Options Outstanding [Abstract]
Number of Options Outstanding and Exercisable (in shares)	40,000	145,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share [Abstract]
Options Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99	$ 11.91
Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining [Abstract]
Options Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)	1 year 6 months
Range $12.73 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, Lower Range Limit (in dollars per share)	$ 12.73
Range of Exercise Prices, Upper Range Limit (in dollars per share)	$ 12.73
Options Outstanding [Abstract]
Number of Options Outstanding and Exercisable (in shares)	20,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share [Abstract]
Options Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share (in dollars per share)	$ 12.73
Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining [Abstract]
Options Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)	2 years 6 months
Range $15.25 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, Lower Range Limit (in dollars per share)	$ 15.25
Range of Exercise Prices, Upper Range Limit (in dollars per share)	$ 15.25
Options Outstanding [Abstract]
Number of Options Outstanding and Exercisable (in shares)	20,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share [Abstract]
Options Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share (in dollars per share)	$ 15.25
Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining [Abstract]
Options Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)	6 months
Range $12.73 - $15.25 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, Lower Range Limit (in dollars per share)	$ 12.73
Range of Exercise Prices, Upper Range Limit (in dollars per share)	$ 15.25
Options Outstanding [Abstract]
Number of Options Outstanding and Exercisable (in shares)	40,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share [Abstract]
Options Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share (in dollars per share)	$ 13.99
Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining [Abstract]
Options Outstanding and Exercisable Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)	1 year 6 months

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended						12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013 GECDF [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 GECDF [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 First Commonwealth Bank of Virginia [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Account receivable component [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Account receivable component [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Floor plan component [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Floor plan component [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Recourse Note Payable [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Non-Recourse Note Payable [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Non-Recourse Note Payable [Member]
Recourse and Non Recourse Notes Payable [Line Items]
Recourse notes payable	$ 1,484,000	$ 1,727,000
Non-recourse notes payable	40,255,000	26,328,000
Interest rate of recourse note , stated (in hundredths)	4.84%
Interest rate of non recourse note , minimum (in hundredths)											2.00%
Interest rate of non recourse note , maximum (in hundredths)												10.00%
Weighted average interest rate (in hundredths)											4.23%	5.15%
Number of components under GECDF credit facility			2
Amount outstanding under credit facility					500,000	0	0	66,300,000	85,900,000
Maximum amount can be borrowed under credit facility			175,000,000	125,000,000		30,000,000
Reference rate of credit facility			One Month LIBOR		U.S. Prime rate
Basis spread on reference rate (in hundredths)			2.50%		1.00%
Period of notice required to terminate credit facility	90 days
Guarantor obligations for credit facility, maximum			10,500,000
Renewed period of credit facility					2 years
Debt Maturity [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2014										390,000	22,169,000
2015										390,000	13,126,000
2016										390,000	4,553,000
2017										314,000	401,000
2018 and thereafter										0	6,000
Long-term Debt										$ 1,484,000	$ 40,255,000

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

EARNINGS PER SHARE [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Numerators and Denominators Used to Calculate Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands, except per share data).

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Basic and diluted shares outstanding
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic		7,810		8,002		8,201
Effect of dilutive shares		93		93		152
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted		7,903		8,095		8,353
Calculation of earnings per share - basic
Net earnings	$	34,830	$	23,367	$	23,727
Net earnings attributable to participating securities		668		764		524
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders	$	34,162	$	22,603	$	23,203
Earnings per share - basic	$	4.37	$	2.82	$	2.83
Calculation of earnings per share - diluted
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders— basic	$	34,162	$	22,603	$	23,203
Add: undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities		4		8		9
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders— diluted	$	34,166	$	22,612	$	23,213
Earnings per share - diluted	$	4.32	$	2.79	$	2.78

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

11. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Share-Based Plans

We have share-based awards outstanding under the followingplans: (1) the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Amended LTIP (2003)"), (2) the 2008 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2008 Director LTIP"), and (3) the 2008 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2008 Employee LTIP"). On September 13, 2012, our shareholders approved the 2012 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2012 Employee LTIP"), which has no awards outstanding as of March 31, 2013. For the year ended March 31, 2013, awards were issued under the 2008 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan and the 2008 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan. All the share-based plans defined fair market value as the previous trading day's closing price when the grant date falls on a date the stock was not traded.

Amended LTIP (2003)

Minor amendments were made to our 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "1998 Plan") on April 1, April 17 and April 30, 2001. The amendments added provisions "to allow the Compensation Committee to delegate to a single board member the authority to make awards to non-Section 16 insiders, as a matter of convenience," and to provide that "no option granted under the Plan may be exercisable for more than ten years from the date of its grant."

The 1998 Plan, modified in 2001 as described above, was then amended and restated on July 15, 2003 by the Board, and approved by shareholders on September 18, 2003 (the "Amended LTIP (2003)"). Primarily, the amendment modified the aggregate number of shares available under the plan to a fixed number (3,000,000). Although the language varies somewhat from earlier plans, it permits the Board or Compensation Committee to delegate authority to a committee of one or more directors who are also officers of the corporation to award options under certain conditions. The Amended LTIP (2003) replaced all the prior plans, and covered option grants for employees, executives and outside directors. Vesting periods varied for the Amended LTIP (2003) depending on individual award agreement. Awards are no longer issued under this plan.

2008 Director LTIP

On September 15, 2008, our shareholders approved the 2008 Director LTIP that was adopted by the Board on June 25, 2008. Under the 2008 Director LTIP, 250,000 shares were authorized for grant to non-employee directors. The purpose of the 2008 Director LTIP is to align the economic interests of the directors with the interests of shareholders by including equity as a component of pay and to attract, motivate and retain experienced and knowledgeable directors. In addition, each director will receive an annual grant of restricted stock having a grant-date fair value equal to the cash compensation earned by an outside director during our fiscal year ended immediately before the respective annual grant-date. Directors may elect to receive their cash compensation in restricted stock. These restricted shares are prohibited from being sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of. Half of these shares will vest on the one-year and second-year anniversary from the date of the grant.

2008 Employee LTIP

On September 15, 2008, our shareholders approved the 2008 Employee LTIP that was adopted by the Board on June 25, 2008. Under the 2008 Employee LTIP, 1,000,000 shares were authorized for grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, or other share-based awards to ePlus employees. The purpose of the 2008 Employee LTIP was to encourage our employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of ePlus, thus enhancing the value of ePlus for the benefit of its stockholders, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals. The 2008 Employee LTIP was administered by the Compensation Committee. Shares issuable under the 2008 Employee LTIP consisted of authorized but unissued shares or shares held in our treasury. Shares under the 2008 Employee LTIP were not used to compensate our outside directors, who may be compensated under the separate 2008 Director LTIP, as discussed above. Under the 2008 Employee LTIP, the Compensation Committee determined the time and method of exercise of the awards.

2012 Employee LTIP

On September 13, 2012, our shareholders approved the 2012 Employee LTIP that was adopted by the Board on July 10, 2012. Under the 2012 Employee LTIP, 750,000 shares were authorized for grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, or other share-based awards to ePlus employees. The purpose of the 2012 Employee LTIP is to encourage our employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of ePlus, thus enhancing the value of ePlus for the benefit of its stockholders, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals. The 2012 Employee LTIP is administered by the Compensation Committee. Shares issuable under the 2012 Employee LTIP may consist of authorized but unissued shares or shares held in our treasury. Shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP will not be used to compensate our outside directors, who may be compensated under the separate 2008 Director LTIP, as discussed above. Under the 2012 Employee LTIP, the Compensation Committee will determine the time and method of exercise of the awards. As of March 31, 2013, there are no outstanding awards under this plan.

Stock Option Activity

During the year ended March 31, 2013, there were no stock options granted to employees.

A summary of stock option activity during the year ended March 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Number of Shares			Exercise Price Range		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, April 1, 2012		145,000		$	7.14 - $15.25	$	11.91
Options exercised (1)		(105,000	)	$	7.14 - $15.25	$	11.12
Outstanding, March 31, 2013		40,000		$	12.73 - $15.25	$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800
Vested at March 31, 2013		40,000				$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800
Exercisable at March 31, 2013		40,000				$	13.99		1.5	$	1,288,800

(1) The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended March 31, 2013 was $2.9 million.

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 is as follows:

	Options Outstanding and Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Options Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Weighted Average Contractual Life Remaining (in years)
$12.73		20,000	$	12.73		2.5
$15.25		20,000	$	15.25		0.5
$12.73 - $15.25		40,000	$	13.99		1.5

We issue shares from our authorized but unissued common stock to satisfy stock option exercises. At March 31, 2013, all of our options were vested.

Restricted Stock Activity

We estimate the forfeiture rate of the restricted stock to be zero. As of March 31, 2013, we have granted 95,851 shares under the 2008 Director LTIP, and 454,160 restricted shares under the 2008 Employee LTIP.

A summary of the non-vested restricted shares is as follows:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2012		276,130		$	20.75
Granted		105,198		$	32.71
Vested		(132,244	)	$	19.84
Forfeited		(3,036	)	$	23.76
Nonvested March 31, 2013		246,048		$	26.32

Upon each vesting period of the restricted stock awards, participants are subject to minimum tax withholding obligations. The 2008 Director LTIP, 2008 Employee LTIP and the 2012 Employee LTIP allows the Company, at the participant's election, to withhold a sufficient number of shares due to the participant to satisfy their minimum tax withholding obligations. For the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company had withheld 37,928 shares of common stock at a value of $1.3 million, which was included in treasury stock.

Compensation Expense

We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight line basis over the requisite service period and estimate the forfeiture rate to be zero, based on historical experience. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions. During the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 we recognized $3.3 million, $2.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of total share-based compensation expense. At March 31, 2013, there was no unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested options. Unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock was $4.1 million, which will be fully recognized over the next 27 months.

We also provide our employees with a contributory 401(k) profit sharing plan. Employer contribution percentages are determined by us and are discretionary each year. The employer contributions vest pro-ratably over a four-year service period by the employees, after which, all employer contributions will be fully vested. For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, our employer contributions for the plan were approximately $1.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY [Abstract]

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

7. NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

Recourse and non-recourse obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013		2012
Recourse note payable at 4.84% terminates on March 2, 2017	$	1,484	$	1,727
Non-recourse equipment notes secured by related investments in leases with interest rates ranging from2.00% to 10.0% at March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012	$	40,255	$	26,328

Principal and interest payments on the non-recourse notes payable are generally due monthly in amounts that are approximately equal to the total payments due from the customer under the leases or notes receivable that collateralize the notes payable. The weighted average interest rate for our non-recourse notes payable was 4.23% and 5.15%, as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively. Under recourse financing, in the event of a default by a customer, the lender has recourse against the customer, the assets serving as collateral, and us. Under non-recourse financing, in the event of a default by a customer, the lender generally only has recourse against the customer, and the assets serving as collateral, but not against us.

Our technology segment, through our subsidiary ePlus Technology, inc., finances its operations with funds generated from operations, and with a credit facility with GE Commercial Distribution Finance Corporation ("GECDF"). This facility provides short-term capital for our technology segment. There are two components of the GECDF credit facility: (1) a floor plan component and (2) an accounts receivable component. Under the floor plan component, we had outstanding balances of $66.3 million and $85.9 million as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Under the accounts receivable component, we had no outstanding balances as of March 31, 2012 and 2012. As of March 31, 2013, the facility agreement had an aggregate limit of the two components of $175 million, and the accounts receivable component had a sub-limit of $30 million, which bears interest assessed at a rate of the One Month LIBOR plus two and one half percent. The credit facility with GECDF was amended and restated in July 2012 which increased the credit limit from $125 million to $175 million and modified the covenants, interest rate and other requirements within the facility.

The credit facility has full recourse to ePlus Technology, inc. and is secured by a blanket lien against all its assets, such as receivables and inventory. Availability under the facility may be limited by the asset value of equipment we purchase or accounts receivable, and may be further limited by certain covenants and terms and conditions of the facility. These covenants include but are not limited to a minimum excess availability of the facility and minimum earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") of ePlus Technology, inc. We were in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2013. In addition, the facility restricts the ability of ePlus Technology, inc. to transfer funds to its affiliates in the form of dividends, loans or advances with certain exceptions for dividends to ePlus inc. The facility also requires that financial statements of ePlus Technology, inc. be provided within 45 days of each quarter and 90 days of each fiscal year end and also includes that other operational reports be provided on a regular basis. Either party may terminate with 90 days' advance notice. We are not, and do not believe that we are reasonably likely to be, in breach of the GECDF credit facility. In addition, we do not believe that the covenants of the GECDF credit facility materially limit our ability to undertake financing. In this regard, the covenants apply only to our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc. This credit facility is secured by the assets of only ePlus Technology, inc. and the guaranty as described below.

The facility provided by GECDF requires a guaranty of $10.5 million by ePlus inc. The guaranty requires ePlus inc. to deliver its annual audited financial statements by certain dates. We have delivered the annual audited financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2012, as required. The loss of the GECDF credit facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology segment and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

We have an agreement with First Virginia Community Bank, (formerly 1st Commonwealth Bank of Virginia), to provide us with a $0.5 million credit facility, which matured October 26, 2012. This credit facility was renewed for two years effective October 27, 2012. The credit facility is available for use by us and our affiliates and the lender has full recourse to us. Borrowings under this facility bear interest at the Wall Street Journal U.S. Prime rate plus 1%. The primary purpose of the facility is to provide letters of credit for landlords, taxing authorities and bids. As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, we had no outstanding balance on this credit facility.

Recourse and non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2013, mature as follows (in thousands):

	Recourse Notes		Non-Recourse
	Payable		Notes Payable
Year ending March 31, 2014	$	390	$	22,169
2015		390		13,126
2016		390		4,553
2017		314		401
2018 and thereafter		-		6
	$	1,484	$	40,255

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

SEGMENT REPORTING

14. SEGMENT REPORTING

We manage our segments on the basis of the products and services offered. Our reportable segments consist of our technology segment and our financing segment. The technology segment sells information technology equipment and software and related services primarily to corporate customers on a nationwide basis. The technology segment also provides Internet-based business-to-business supply chain management solutions for information technology and other operating resources. The financing segment offers lease financing solutions to corporations and governmental entities nationwide. We evaluate segment performance on the basis of total revenue and earnings before provision for income taxes.

Both segments utilize our proprietary software and services within the organization. Sales and services and related costs of our software are included in the technology segment. Our reportable segment information was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013						2012						2011
	Technology		Financing		Total		Technology		Financing		Total		Technology		Financing		Total
Sales of product and services	$	936,228	$	-	$	936,228	$	784,951	$	-	$	784,951	$	672,303	$	-	$	672,303
Financing revenues		-		38,384		38,384		-		30,899		30,899		-		35,367		35,367
Fee and other income		6,949		1,551		8,500		7,455		2,276		9,731		8,260		2,460		10,720
Patent settlement income		-		-		-		-		-		-		125		-		125
Total revenues		943,177		39,935		983,112		792,406		33,175		825,581		680,688		37,827		718,515
Cost of sales, products and services		767,447		-		767,447		645,558		-		645,558		551,860		-		551,860
Direct lease costs		-		10,892		10,892		-		8,508		8,508		-		9,212		9,212
Professional and other fees		9,638		3,460		13,098		10,283		1,461		11,744		14,014		1,369		15,383
Salaries and benefits		100,447		10,516		110,963		88,321		9,947		98,268		74,706		9,541		84,247
General and administrative expenses		19,028		1,071		20,099		16,627		3,872		20,499		13,220		1,461		14,681
Interest and financing costs		89		1,779		1,868		93		1,337		1,430		84		2,480		2,564
Earnings before provision for income taxes	$	46,528	$	12,217	$	58,745	$	31,524	$	8,050	$	39,574	$	26,804	$	13,764	$	40,568
Total assets	$	255,257	$	182,615	$	437,872	$	241,488	$	192,200	$	433,688	$	206,963	$	182,228	$	389,191

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Revenue
U.S.	$	964,996	$	812,364	$	714,736
Non U.S.		18,116		13,217		3,779
Total	$	983,112	$	825,581	$	718,515

	As of March 31,
	2013		2012
Assets
U.S.	$	435,486	$	431,632
Non U.S.		2,386		2,056
Total	$	437,872	$	433,688

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

12. INCOME TAXES

We account for our tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic Income Taxes. Under the guidance, we evaluate uncertain tax positions based on the two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate each uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. For tax positions that are not likely of being sustained upon audit, the second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

As of March 31, 2012, we had $316 thousand of total gross unrecognized tax benefits recorded for uncertain income tax position in accordance with Income Taxes in the Codification. During the year ended March 31, 2013, we had no additions or reductions for uncertain income tax positions therefore our balance remains unchanged at $316 thousand as of March 31, 2013.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012			2011
Beginning balance	$	316	$	719		$	461
Additions for uncertain tax positions		-		-			403
Reductions to uncertain tax positions		-		(403	)		(145	)
Ending balance	$	316	$	316		$	719

At March 31, 2013, if the unrecognized tax benefits of $316 thousand were to be recognized, including the effect of interest, penalties and federal tax benefit, the impact would have been $434 thousand. At March 31, 2012, if the unrecognized tax benefits of $316 thousand were to be recognized, including the effect of interest, penalties and federal tax benefit, the impact would have been $424 thousand.

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, we recognized $17 thousand and $31 thousand, respectively, of interest related to uncertain tax positions, and did not recognize any additional penalties. We had $197 thousand and $180 thousand accrued for the payment of interest at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. Tax years 2009, 2010 and 2011 are subjected to examination by federal and state taxing authorities. Various state and local income tax returns are also under examination by taxing authorities. We do not believe that the outcome of any examination will have a material impact on our financial statements.

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Statutory federal income tax rate		35	%		35	%		35	%
Income tax expense computed at the U.S. statutory federal rate	$	20,555		$	13,850		$	14,199
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		2,894			2,096			1,861
Non-deductible executive compensation		150			152			81
Other		316			109			700
Provision for income taxes	$	23,915		$	16,207		$	16,841
Effective income tax rate		40.7	%		41.0	%		41.5	%

The effective income tax rate for the year ended March 31, 2013 was 40.7%, a change from 41.0% of the previous fiscal year. The change in the effective income tax rate is due to changes in state apportionment factors.

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Current:
Federal	$	20,041		$	12,266		$	10,604
State		4,453			3,088			3,774
Foreign		36			59			39
Total current expense		24,530			15,413			14,417
Deferred:
Federal		(581	)		814			2,846
State		(34	)		(20	)		(422	)
Total deferred expense (benefit)		(615	)		794			2,424
Provision for income taxes	$	23,915		$	16,207		$	16,841

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Deferred Tax Assets:
Accrued vacation	$	1,345		$	1,174		$	1,174
Provision for bad debts		1,997			2,149			1,024
State net operating loss carryforward		1,505			1,217			1,296
Basis difference in fixed assets		-			-			147
Book compensation on discounted stock options		77			262			611
Deferred compensation		898			797			716
Deferred revenue		221			140			203
Foreign tax credit		-			-			72
Federal net operating loss carry forward		168			111			-
Other accruals and reserves		2,043			1,918			1,206
Gross deferred tax assets		8,254			7,768			6,449
Less: valuation allowance		(1,505	)		(1,217	)		(1,296	)
Net deferred tax assets		6,749			6,551			5,153
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Basis difference in fixed assets		(491	)		(378	)		-
Basis difference in operating leases		(8,765	)		(9,764	)		(8,645	)
Basis difference in tax deductible goodwill		(2,288	)		(2,195	)		(735	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(11,544	)		(12,337	)		(9,380	)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(4,795	)	$	(5,786	)	$	(4,227	)

As of March 31, 2013, we have state net operating losses of approximately $28.0 million, which will begin to expire in the year 2023.

The valuation allowance resulted from management's determination, based on available evidence, that it was more likely than not that the state net operating loss deferred tax asset balance of $1.5 million and $1.2 million as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, may not be realized.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	May 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	EPLUS INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001022408
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 160,444,431
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		8,150,418
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2013

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

13. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We account for the fair values of our assets and liabilities in accordance with Codification Topic Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure. Accordingly, we established a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The following table summarizes the fair value hierarchy of our financial instruments (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	March 31, 2013		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Gains (Losses)
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	918	$	-	$	-	$	918	$	-

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	March 31, 2012		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Gains (Losses)
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration	$	1,292	$	-	$	-	$	1,292	$	-

For the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the adjustment to the fair value of the contingent consideration was an increase of $99 thousand and reduction of $208 thousand, respectively, which was presented within general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations. In addition, we paid $473 thousand during the year ended March 31, 2013.